Safety Light Curtain
F3SG-R Series
Advanced, Robust, and Easy types
Advanced type
Easy type
Robust type
NEW
More Rugged
2
|
S
afe
ty
L
ig
ht Curtain F3SG-R Series
Resistant to vibration
Tough
1
Torsion resistance 5 times *
greater than
previous
model
Robust against
environmental changes
Tough
2
Operating range
High power
Up to
20 m
Reliable in dusty
wash-down environments
Tough
3
Safety Light Curtain
F3SG-RSeries
eoetacages
U
p
t
o
Hi
h
p
20
High
powe
r
2
0
m
20
m
5
*
n
5
ti
s
*
s
an
s
5
time
s
s
ha
us
el
ance
tim
e
t
h
ou
de
ance
greater
io
od
a
nce
grea
te
prev
mo
Resistant
to
vib
sta
sta
sta
sis
sis
si
s
es
es
es
r
e
re
re
n
n
n
n
n
n
o
on
o
on
o
on
Tor
rs
sio
o
or
rs
sio
o
io
o
To
or
rs
si
To
or
r
s
si
F3SG-R
Previous
model
F3SG-RR
IP67G
The new cutting oil resistant Robust type is added
Fast set-up and high resistance to environmental changes
* Compared to the previous model (Omron survey as of March 2017)
Increase both
durability and
productivity
F3SG-RA/RE
：
IP67
|
3
ዘ
STI is a trademark or registered trademark of OMRON Corporation in Japan and other countries.
ዘ
Microsoft product screen shot(s) reprinted with permission from Microsoft Corporation.
ዘ
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. Any use of such marks by Omron is under license.
ዘ
Other company names and product names in this document are the trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies.
A choice of products to suit your need Multiple versions available: nger, hand and arm protection
Ideal for exible manufacturing
F3SG-RA
ዘ
Quick and easy installation
ዘ
Stable operation and
predictive maintenance
ዘ
For global use
ዘ
Easy adjustment
ዘ
Easy conguration and
maintenance
>>p.4
Multifunctional Advanced type
Ideal for simple applications
F3SG-RE
ዘ
Simple functions
ዘ
Reduced wiring
ዘ
Fast response time: 5 ms
>>p.11
Simple Easy type
Even for environments where cutting oil is present
F3SG-RR
ዘ
Four times longer* cutting oil resistance ዘ
No dead space
ዘ
IP67G
>>p.10
Cutting oil resistant Robust type
NEW
* Compared to the previous model (Omron survey as of March 2017)
4
|
Safety Light Curtain F3SG-R Series
Simple beam adjustment
Simply watch for the top and bottom indicators to illuminate when adjustment is completed.
The optional laser pointer and lamp can be used to reduce the time required to set up the light curtain.
TOP
(top-beam-state indicator)
BTM
(bottom-beam-state indicator)
F39-PTG Laser Pointer
Shows the sensor direction
Turns ON when safety
output turns ON,
making adjustment
easier
F39-LP Lamp
The incident light levels of each
beam can be checked with the
Conguration Tool SD Manager2
Sucient
Green
Insucient
Red
Fine beam
adjustment
Sh
Sh
Tu
o
u
m
a
ea
F39-LP
Lamp
Intuitive and smart designs for fast set-up
Quick and easy installation
Also
The TOP indicator turns ON when
the top beam is unblocked
1
The BTM indicator turns ON when
the bottom beam is unblocked
2
Mounting brackets
Four types of mounting brackets provide vertical or vertical and horizontal adjustment even after mounting,
making beam adjustment easier.
Standard xed bracket
You can slide the F3SG-R
up and down to make
vertical adjustments after
mounting on a safety
fence.
Standard adjustable bracket
(sold separately)
This bracket provides
vertical as well as
horizontal adjustment
of ±15º.
Top/bottom adjustable bracket
(sold separately)
Use this bracket at the top
and bottom of the F3SG-R
to make horizontal
adjustment of ±22.5º.
Top/bottom adjustable bracket
(for user-made mounting part)
(sold separately)
The wall mounting bracket
is not provided so that you
can design your own wall
mounting part.
r
p
R
p
R
k
o
l
k
et
o
u
l
±15°
±22.5°
F3SG-RA
Multifunctional
Advanced
type
* Image for illustration purpose only.
|
5
Optical synchronization – No sync lines required
Optical synchronization eliminates the need of wiring for synchronization between the emitter and receiver.
The resulting exible wiring reduces disconnection risk and avoids noise sources.
Smartclick cable connection
for fast set-up
No torque-control required:
the Smartclick connectors connect cables with just a 1/8th turn
of the M12 waterproof connector.
Simple wiring thanks to reduced
wiring connectors
* Smartclick is a registered trademark of OMRON Corporation.
Optical synchronization
Start-up
Receiver
Emitter
Emitter
The top or bottom
beam of the emitter
starts synchronizing
with the correspond-
ing beam of the
receiver.
After
sync
Receiver
Once synchronization
is done, the emitter is
kept synchronized
with the receiver while
at least one beam is
unblocked.
Insert
fully 1/8th turn
Click!
Just a 1/8th turn
to connect
Cables of the emitter and
receiver
Previously
Only one cable
up to
100m
High
ambient light
immunity
Simple wiring makes installation faster.
Fewer cables reduce disconnection risk and noise trouble.
*
6
|
Safety Light Curtain F3SG-R Series
Visualization eliminates machine downtime
Stable operation and predictive maintenance
The lamp noties low light
intensity
The lamp noties when the incident light level drops due to
dirt, which prevents sudden stops.
Bluetooth® allows to check status
without stopping the line
Data logging for quick
troubleshooting
The error logs stored in the F3SG-RA can be downloaded
to a PC that is connected with the F3SG-RA using the
dedicated interface unit. The Conguration Tool SD
Manager2 can be used to analyze errors to identify causes
and solutions. The data on light intensity, power-ON time,
and switching frequency can also be collected regularly for
predictive maintenance.
The SD Manager2 can be used to check the status of the safety light curtain
wirelessly after pairing the safety light curtain with PC via Bluetooth®, which
reduces maintenance time.
Wireless connectivity
- Monitoring during operation
- No possibility of blocking beams
- No work required after completing checks
- Monitoring from anywhere
- Serial number to choose the right safety light
curtain from many installed on lines
F39-LP Lamp
* The incident light level at which the
light curtain turns OFF
Conguration Tool SD Manager2
Line A
Line B
The lamp noties when
the light intensity drops
near the threshold*
At a glance
warning
F39-BT/BTLP Bluetooth®
Communication Unit
F3SG-RA
Multifunctional
Advanced
type
e
lamp noties low li
g
ht
e
nsity
m
p noties when the incident li
g
ht level drops due
to
h
ich prevents sudden stops
.
u
etoot
h
® a
ll
ows to c
h
ec
k
status
t
hout stoppin
g
the lin
e
Data lo
gg
in
g
for quic
k
trou
bl
es
h
ootin
g
T
he error lo
g
s stored in the F3SG-RA can be downloaded
to a PC t
h
at is connecte
d
wit
h
t
h
e F3SG-RA usin
g
t
h
e
dedicated inter
f
ace unit. The Con
g
uration Tool SD
M
anager2 can be used to anal
y
ze errors to identi
fy
cau
ses
a
nd solutions. The data on light intensit
y
, power-ON time,
a
nd switching frequenc
y
can also be collected regularl
y f
or
p
redictive maintenance.
D
Manager2 can be used to check the status o
f
the sa
f
et
y
light curtain
e
ssl
y
a
f
ter pairing the sa
f
et
y
light curtain with PC via Bluetooth®, which
es maintenance time
.
W
ireless connectivit
y
M
onitorin
g
durin
g
operatio
n
N
o possibilit
y
o
f
blocking beam
s
N
o work required after completin
g
checks
M
onitorin
g
f
ro
m
an
y
w
h
er
e
S
erial number to choose the right safet
y
ligh
t
cu
rt
a
in fr
o
m
m
an
y
insta
ll
e
d
on
l
ine
s
F
39-LP La
mp
i
ncident li
g
ht level at which the
t
curtain turns OFF
Con
g
uration Tool SD Mana
g
er
2
Line A
Line
B
T
he lam
p
noties when
t
h
e
l
ig
h
t intensit
y
d
rops
near t
h
e t
h
res
h
o
ld
*
At a
gl
ance
warn
i
n
g
F39-BT/BTLP Bluetooth®
C
o
mm
u
nic
a
ti
o
n
U
nit
Light intensity
Time
0
|
7
Easy to deploy around the world
For global use
PNP/NPN selection
The F3SG-RA is designed to be used in a variety of
environments around the world, conforming to international
standards.
Troubleshooting in eight
languages*
Global production and delivery
You can nd causes and solutions of errors that occur during
operation on the troubleshooting webpage in eight languages.
Operators across the world can check the error details in their local
languages, which will help them minimize time to troubleshoot.
* English, Chinese, Italian, Korean, French, German, Spanish, and Japanese
Just 15
seconds to
connect!
PNP or NPN can be selected
with the DIP switch. The same
cables are used
The F3SG-R conforms to major
international standards including
Chinese GB standards
NPN PNP
GB
ISO
IEC
PNP
/
NPN
s
e
l
e
c
t
i
o
n
The F3SG-RA is des
ign
ed to be used in a varie
ty
o
f
T
rou
bl
es
h
l
an
g
ua
g
e
s
G
l
o
b
a
l
pr
o
Y
ou can
nd causes
a
operation on the tro
u
Op
erators across t
h
e
l
an
g
ua
g
es, which wil
l
* E
ngl
is
h
, C
h
inese, Ita
l
i
a
J
ust 15
sec
o
n
d
s t
o
c
o
nnec
t!
environments around the wor
ld
stan
d
ar
d
s.
d
, c
o
P
NP or NPN can be select
ed
with the DIP switch. The same
cab
les
a
re
u
sed
r
T
d
ing
n
ternational standards inc
lud
i
n
Chi
nes
e G
B s
tan
dar
ds
C
N
P
N
P
N
P
Gl
Gl
Gl
G
o
ob
ob
o
al
l
al
l
In
tete
te
t
te
te
te
t
t
rn
rn
rn
n
at
at
a
a
io
io
io
io
o
n
n
n
na
n
a
a
n
n
l
S
S
S
S
St
t
St
S
S
S
anan
n
da
a
d
rd
rd
rd
d
d
d
d
r
d
GB
ISO
IEC
Line
B
Line
A
Easy
trouble
shooting
Select the status
of the indicator
Omron enhanced the global production bases and local services
in Japan, China, United States, and Europe to deliver Omron
products quickly and reliably. Our sales network of approximately
150 oces in 40 countries and regions supports our customers.
Scan the QR code and go directly
to the troubleshooting webpage
8
|
Safety Light Curtain F3SG-R Series
Muting
The F3SG-RA provides the advanced Muting function that disables beams which detect the presence
of a workpiece or the position of a machine or robot.
Workpieces can go in and out of a danger zone without stopping the machine.
Muting secured safety, but the set-up was time consuming.
Increase productivity by detecting
workpieces correctly
Easy adjustment
Adjustment
time reduced by
80%*
Multiple-beam sensor technology for vibrating workpieces
Smart muting actuator
The smart muting actuator extends the functions of the F3SG-R in
applications where a workpiece is vibrating forward and backward
This prevents unexpected machine downtime and signicantly
reduces adjustment time.
Automatic partial muting for workpieces with various heights
Dynamic Muting
When workpieces with various heights are conveyed on the same line,
the dynamic muting function automatically sets the appropriate
beams, based on the height of the object.
* Partial muting: A function that allows specied beams (e.g., beams blocked by a workpiece) to be disabled, keeping others active, even during muting.
Automatic and exible detection even under unstable conveying conditions
Smart muting actuator F3W-MA
Conventional Muting
Two auto-conguration functions signicantly
reduce the adjustment time even under dicult
conditions where failure is likely to occur.
F3SG-R
OK, but big dierence
between assumed and
setting ranges
ms
,
based
on
the
height
of
the
objec
t.
Partial muting based on the detected workpiece height
Incorrect muting due to chattering in the
muting signal when a workpiece is vibrating
[Installation/wiring/adjustment]
.Many wires
.Many accessories
.Complex adjustment
Incorrect muting when a workpiece with
holes (e.g., car body) passes at low speed
Incorrect muting due to a rotated and
shifted workpiece
Time-consuming partial muting*
setting for workpieces with
various heights
F3SG-RA
Multifunctional
Advanced
type
* Compared to the previous model (Omron survey as of March 2017)
F3W-MA
|
9
Minimizing setting and detection errors
The Conguration Tool SD Manager2 visualizes the installation positions and settings by logging the muting sensor
operating conditions of the F3SG-R. It helps ensure reliable, rst-time-right conguration.
From conguration and
adjustment to maintenance
The SD Manager2 helps you to
make and change settings.
Evaluates settings using
logged results
Examples of logging
Easy to use | Conguration Tool SD Manager2
Easy conguration and maintenance
Muting statistics
information
Easy- to-
understand
icons
The Conguration Tool SD Manager2 is available to download from
Omron website:
http://www.ia.omron.com/f3sg-r_tool
Eva
l
l
o
g
g
uga
i
n
f
o
rmat
ion
safer operation range
OK, but big dierence
OK, but big dierence
between assumed and
between assumed and
setting ranges
setting ranges
OK, but big dierence
between assumed and
setting ranges
Assumed range
Assumed range
> Setting range
> Setting range
Assumed range
> Setting range
Measured values
Measured values
> Setting range
> Setting range
Measured values
> Setting range
Low risk of intermittent stop,
but not safe
OK in a test run, but intermittent stop
may occur during long-term operations
Test run result is out of setting range.
Muting sequence error occurred
I/O Setting Function Setting
Maintenance
information
Auxiliary output/
lamp Fixed blanking Muting/override
Examples
Monitoring
Incident/ambient
light level monitoring
Monitor incident light levels
of each beam for ne tuning
Check error log and other data
required for maintenance
Change the settings assigned to each
output including lamp color and pattern
Set disabled beams manually
or by teach-in
Set disabled beams and time.
Setting can be evaluated
Muting time setting range
Assumed range
Visualization
helps facilitate
adjustment
10
|
Safety Light Curtain F3SG-R Series
Robust design for reliable use even in
cutting oil environments
IP67G
No dead space
The F3SG-R perfectly ts to machines without wasting space. Thanks to the Cascade
Connection function and perfect t installation, you can series-connect light curtains to t
various protective heights, reducing inventories.
F3SG-RR
Previous model
F3SJ-A/B F3SG-RR
*1. Up to three sets of F3SG-R (up to 255 beams in total) can be series-connected.
*2. Protect cascading cables from cutting oil.
Example of 25 mm detection capability
Example of 25 m
The detection zone
completely covers the joint
25-mm dia.
Service life
Cutting oil resistant
Robust
type
NEW
No dead
space
Four times
Four times
longer*
longer*
cutting oil resistance
cutting oil resistance
Four times longer*
cutting oil resistance
The F3SG-RR has the ability to protect
from cutting oil (IP67G) for four times
longer than the previous model.
No gaps Patented
Cutting oil
Cutting oil
Unique construction
* Compared to the previous model
(Omron survey as of March 2017)
The optical surface is completely covered with rubber, and the
metal parts placed on the rubber are compressed and deformed
to seal tightly. This construction does not use double-sided tape
that oil can penetrate, preventing cutting oil from getting inside.
Completely blocked
e joint
N
o
d
e
ad
spa
c
e
|
11
Simple ON/OFF detection
Reduced wiring and fast response
Easy version for
cost-eciency
Fastest response time of
5 ms
The Easy type that allows the distance between the
light curtain and hazard source to be reduced is ideal
for the use in a small machine.
Easier to build safety
circuits
Only four wires are required for the minimum
conguration, which is as simple as wiring a
photoelectric sensor. Simple connection with a safety
controller makes it easy to build a safety circuit.
F3SG-RE
Use easy-to-obtain cables
Commercially available M12 connector cables can be used
as extension cables to build a safety circuit.
Emitter
G9SE
Power supply
Receiver
Industry's fastest class*
Simple safety functions to reduce errors
and save costs
Reduced to just 4 wires
Fastest response time of 5 ms
Also
Simple
Easy
type
Four times longer*
cutting oil resistance
Y-Joint
connector
with 4 wires
* Omron survey as of March 2017
The Easy type inherits the robust but slim housing and
basic safety features of the Advanced type. Simple
ON/OFF detection reduces errors, preventing
productivity from dropping.
List of specications and features
F3SG-RA F3SG-RR
Advanced type Robust type
Ideal for
exible
manufacturing
Ideal for
environments where
cutting oil is present
12
|
Safety Light Curtain F3SG-R Series
14-mm dia.
10 mm
0.3 to 10 m
160 to 2,080 mm
15 to 207
30-mm dia.
0.3 to 20 m
190 to 2,510 mm
8 to 124
14-mm dia.
10 mm
0.3 to 10 m
23 to 191
25-mm dia.
20 mm
0.3 to 17 m
12 to 96
IP67
•
•
•
•
••
••
-
IP67,IP67G
•
•
•
•
240 to 1,920 mm
20 mm
Finger protection
Hand and arm protection
Body protection
Detection capability
Beam gap
Operating range
Protective height
Number of beams
PNP/NPN Selection
External Test
Interlock
Pre-Reset
External Device Monitoring(EDM)
Auxiliary Output
Muting
Blanking
Reduced Resolution
Warning Zone
Scan Code Selection
Operating Range Selection
Response Time Adjustment
Designated Beam Output
Cascade Connection
Reduced wiring
Degree of protection
Lamp
Bluetooth communication unit
SD Manager2
Laser pointer
Application
Specication
Feature
Connection/
wiring
Environmental
resistance
Accessory
*1 *1
Setting by DIP Switch Setting by Wiring Setting by End Cap/Key CapSetting by Conguration Tool
*1. Supports PNP/NPN by switching between 0 V and 24 V active.
*2. The F3SG-RA-□TS has dierent specications. See the pages listed above for details.
More information Page 16
(F3SG-RA-01TS : Page 93, F3SG-RA-02TS : Page 120
*2
)Page 44
Easy type
F3SG-RE
Ideal for
simple
applications
F3SJ-BF3SJ-E F3SJ-A
More slim – F3SJ Series
|
13
14-mm dia.
10 mm
0.3 to 10 m
160 to 2,080 mm
15 to 207
30-mm dia.
20 mm
0.3 to 20 m
190 to 2,510 mm
8 to 124
25-mm dia.
20 mm
0.2 to 7 m
185 to 1,105 mm
8 to 54
25-mm dia.
20 mm
0.2 to 7 m
185 to 2,065 mm
8 to 102
0.2 to 9 m *3
245 to 2,495 mm *3
Varies depending on the beam gap *3
-
-
-
-
IP65
•
-
SD Manager
•
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
IP65
-
-
-
•
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
IP65
-
-
-
•
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
IP67
-
-
-
•
•• •
•
•
••
(Not required for wired synchronization)
+
/
14/20/30/55-mm dia.
9/15/25/50 mm
Finger protection
Hand and arm protection
Body protection
Detection capability
Beam gap
Operating range
Protective height
Number of beams
PNP/NPN Selection
External Test
Interlock
Pre-Reset
External Device Monitoring (EDM)
Auxiliary Output
Muting
Blanking
Reduced Resolution
Warning Zone
Scan Code Selection
Operating Range Selection
Response Time Adjustment
Designated Beam Output
Cascade Connection
Reduced wiring
Degree of protection
Lamp
Bluetooth communication unit
SD Manager2
Laser pointer
More information
Application
Specication
Feature
Connection/
wiring
Environmental
resistance
Accessory
*3. Varies depending on the model.
Refer to the F3SJ Series Catalog (Cat. No. F074) or visit the Omron website for details of the F3SJ Series. Search
F3SJ
For details www.ia.omron.com/
Page 73 Refer to the F3SJ Series Catalog (Cat. No. F074).
YES
YES
NO
NO
NO
YES
YESYES
NO
High power
required for stable
NO
NO
・Quick and easy installation
・Stable operation and predictive ma
i
・For global use
・Easy adjustment
・Easy configuration and maintenanc
e
• Four times longer
cutting oil resistance
• IP67G
• No dead space
• Simple functions
• Reduced wiring
• Fast response time: 5 ms
• Simple functions
START
• Series-connection
• Muting
Finger/hand/arm
protection
YES
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
YES
Robust body without
cover required
• Possibility of accidental
contact
• Wash-down
environment
Muting/Blanking
• Machine partially
located in the detection
zone
• Distinguish workpieces
from operators
Blanking
Machine partially located
in the detection zone
Cutting oil
resistance
Exposed to
cutting oil
Simple wiring
Reduced wiring
connectors for easy
installation
Cutting oil
resistance
Exposed to
cutting oil
Muting
Distinguish
workpieces from
operators
• Dusty environment
• Operating range ≥ 10 m
Application
Application
Flowchart for product section High functionality
Cutting oil resistant
Simple application
• Series-connection
• Up to 55 mm detection capability
• Muting
F3SG-R Series
Advanced type
F3SG-RA
F3SG-R Series
Robust type
F3SG-RR
F3SG-R Series
Easy type
F3SG-RE
F3SJ Series
EASY type
F3SJ-E
F3SJ Series
BASIC type
F3SJ-B
F3SJ Series
ADVANCED type
F3SJ-A
F3SJ Series
ENVIRONMENT RESISTANT type
F3SJ-B-02TS
S
T
AR
T
Leg/body protection
14
|
Safety Light Curtain F3SG-R Series
ntenance
e
Protective height Specifications
Detection capability
14-mm dia.
160 to 2,080 mm
(15 to 207 beams)
30-mm dia.
190 to 2,510 mm
(8 to 124 beams) See p.16 for details.
See p.44 for details.
See p.73 for details.
14-mm dia./30-mm dia.
Accessory
Sold separately
・Standard fixed bracket
・Standard adjustable bracket
・Top/bottom adjustable bracket
・Top/bottom adjustable bracket
(for user-made mounting part)
Connector
Beam gap
10 mm/20 mm
Operating range
0.3 to 10 m/
0.3 to 20 m
Brackets Cable
Accessories (sold separately)
Sold separately Connector
Connector
Detection capability
25-mm dia.
Beam gap
20 mm
Operating range
0.2 to 7 m
www.ia.omron.com/
25-mm dia.
185 to 1,105 mm
(8 to 54 beams)
14-mm dia.
240 to 1,920 mm
(23 to 191 beams)
25-mm dia.
240 to 1,920 mm
(12 to 96 beams)
14-mm dia.
160 to 2,080 mm
(15 to 207 beams)
30-mm dia.
190 to 2,510 mm
(8 to 124 beams)
Single/double-ended connector cable
Cascading cable
Reduced wiring connector
Laser pointer
Spatter protection cover
Lamp
Bluetoothcommunication unit
SD Manager2
Single/double-ended connector cable
Cascading cable
Reduced wiring connector
Laser pointer
Lamp
Bluetooth communication unit
SD Manager2
Single/double-ended connector cable
Reduced wiring connector
Laser pointer
Spatter protection cover
Detection capability
25-mm dia.
Beam gap
20 mm
Operating range
0.2 to 7 m
25-mm dia.
185 to 2,065 mm
(8 to 102 beams)
Detection capability
14-mm dia. -
Beam gap
9 mm -
Operating range
0.2 to 9 m
14-mm dia.
245 to 1,271 mm
(26 to 140 beams)
Detection capability
14-mm dia./25-mm dia.
Beam gap
10 mm/20 mm
Operating range
0.3 to 10 m/
0.3 to 17 m
Detection capability
14-mm dia./30-mm dia.
Accessory
Sold separately
・Standard fixed Bracket
・Standard adjustable bracket
・Top/bottom adjustable bracket
・Top/bottom adjustable bracket
(for user-made mounting part)
Beam gap
10 mm/20 mm
Operating range
0.3 to 10 m/
0.3 to 20 m
* ENVIRONMENT RESISTANT type
Protective height: 225 to 1,985 mm Operating range: 0.2 to 6 m
* When the minimum object resolution is 14 mm
and the beam gap is 9 mm.
Refer to the F3SJ Series Catalog (Cat.
No. F074) or visit the Omron website
for details of the F3SJ Series.
Search
F3SJ
andard
fixed
b
rac
S
ee
p
.
4
See
p.
1
See
p
.
7
・Free-Location
Bracket
(Intermediate Bracket)
・Top/bottom
Bracket (3types)
* The F3SG-RA-□TS has different specifications.
See the following pages:F3SG-4RA-01TS: p. 93 F3SG-RA-02TS: p. 120
|
15
16
Safety Light Curtain Advanced type
F3SG-RA
Offers Both Durability and Reliability
• Rugged and compact
• New muting function to increase both productivity and
safety
• All models designed for global use. PNP/NPN selection by
DIP switch
• Conforming to major international standards including
Chinese standard GB/T 4584
System Configuration
IF-U
PC
F39-LGF
Standard Fixed Bracket
(included as standard)
F39-LGA
Standard Adjustable
Bracket
F39-LGTB
F39-LGTB-1
Top/Bottom Adjustable
Bracket
F39-LP
Lamp
F39-BTLP
Lamp and Bluetooth
Communication Unit
F39-BT
Bluetooth
Communication Unit
F39-HGA@@@@
Spatter Protection Cover
(for F3SG-RA)
F39-PTG
Laser Pointer
NX/NE1A-series
Safety Network Controller
G9SP-series
Safety Controller
G9SE/G9SA-series
Safety Relay Unit
G9SX-series
Flexible Safety Unit
G7SA/G7S-E
Relays with Forcibly
Guided Contacts
Mounting bracket Accessory Accessory
Emitter Receiver
Emitter Receiver
F39-JGR2W
Cascading Cable
F39-JG@B
Double-Ended Cable
Up to
three sets
F39-JG@B
Double-Ended Cable
F39-JG@A
Single-Ended Cable
or
F39-GCNY2
F39-JG@B-L
F39-JG@A-D
Reduced wiring
connector system
F3W-MA0100P
F3W-MA0300P
Smart Muting Actuator
Note: See p.147 for details.
F39-GIF
Interface Unit Configuration Tool
SD Manager 2
Recommended safety controller *
Accessory
Accessory
* The recommended safety controller is required to
build a safety circuit using emergency stop
switches and door switches.
T
F3SG-RA
17
F3SG-RA
Ordering Information
Main Units
Safety Light Curtain
Finger protection Hand and arm protection
Number of
beams
Protective height
(mm) Model
15 160 F3SG-4RA0160-14
23 240 F3SG-4RA0240-14
31 320 F3SG-4RA0320-14
39 400 F3SG-4RA0400-14
47 480 F3SG-4RA0480-14
55 560 F3SG-4RA0560-14
63 640 F3SG-4RA0640-14
71 720 F3SG-4RA0720-14
79 800 F3SG-4RA0800-14
87 880 F3SG-4RA0880-14
95 960 F3SG-4RA0960-14
103 1040 F3SG-4RA1040-14
111 1120 F3SG-4RA1120-14
119 1200 F3SG-4RA1200-14
127 1280 F3SG-4RA1280-14
135 1360 F3SG-4RA1360-14
143 1440 F3SG-4RA1440-14
151 1520 F3SG-4RA1520-14
159 1600 F3SG-4RA1600-14
167 1680 F3SG-4RA1680-14
175 1760 F3SG-4RA1760-14
183 1840 F3SG-4RA1840-14
191 1920 F3SG-4RA1920-14
199 2000 F3SG-4RA2000-14
207 2080 F3SG-4RA2080-14
Number of
beams
Protective height
(mm) Model
8 190 F3SG-4RA0190-30
12 270 F3SG-4RA0270-30
16 350 F3SG-4RA0350-30
20 430 F3SG-4RA0430-30
24 510 F3SG-4RA0510-30
28 590 F3SG-4RA0590-30
32 670 F3SG-4RA0670-30
36 750 F3SG-4RA0750-30
40 830 F3SG-4RA0830-30
44 910 F3SG-4RA0910-30
48 990 F3SG-4RA0990-30
52 1070 F3SG-4RA1070-30
56 1150 F3SG-4RA1150-30
60 1230 F3SG-4RA1230-30
64 1310 F3SG-4RA1310-30
68 1390 F3SG-4RA1390-30
72 1470 F3SG-4RA1470-30
76 1550 F3SG-4RA1550-30
80 1630 F3SG-4RA1630-30
84 1710 F3SG-4RA1710-30
88 1790 F3SG-4RA1790-30
92 1870 F3SG-4RA1870-30
96 1950 F3SG-4RA1950-30
100 2030 F3SG-4RA2030-30
104 2110 F3SG-4RA2110-30
108 2190 F3SG-4RA2190-30
112 2270 F3SG-4RA2270-30
116 2350 F3SG-4RA2350-30
120 2430 F3SG-4RA2430-30
124 2510 F3SG-4RA2510-30
F3SG-RA
18
Accessories (Sold separately)
Safety light curtain connecting cable
Single-Ended Cable *
* A set of two Single-Ended Cables (one for emitter and one for receiver) is also available.
Model: Model number without the -L/-D at the end (F39-JG@A)
Note: To extend the cable length to more than 20 m, add the F39-JG@B Double-Ended Cable.
Double-Ended Cable *
For cable extension and simple wiring
* A set of two Double-Ended Cables (one for emitter and one for receiver) is also available.
Model: Model number without the -L/-D at the end (F39-JG@B)
Note: To extend the cable length to more than 20 m, add the F39-JG@B Double-Ended Cable to the F39-JG@A Single-Ended Cable.
To extend the cable length to more than 40 m, add several Double-Ended Cables to the Single-Ended Cable.
Example: To extend the cable length to 50 m, connect two F39-JG20B (20 m) cables and one F39-JG10A (10 m) cable.
Appearance Type
Cable length
Specifications Model
For emitter
M12 connector
(5-pin), 5 wires
Color: Gray
3 m F39-JG3A-L
7 m F39-JG7A-L
10 m F39-JG10A-L
15 m F39-JG15A-L
20 m F39-JG20A-L
For receiver
M12 connector
(8-pin), 8 wires
Color: Black
3 m F39-JG3A-D
7 m F39-JG7A-D
10 m F39-JG10A-D
15 m F39-JG15A-D
20 m F39-JG20A-D
Appearance Type
Cable length
Specifications Model
For emitter
M12 connector
(5-pin)
on both ends
Color: Gray
0.5 m F39-JGR5B-L
1 m F39-JG1B-L
3 m F39-JG3B-L
5 m F39-JG5B-L
7 m F39-JG7B-L
10 m F39-JG10B-L
15 m F39-JG15B-L
20 m F39-JG20B-L
For receiver
M12 connector
(8-pin)
on both ends
Color: Black
0.5 m F39-JGR5B-D
1 m F39-JG1B-D
3 m F39-JG3B-D
5 m F39-JG5B-D
7 m F39-JG7B-D
10 m F39-JG10B-D
15 m F39-JG15B-D
20 m F39-JG20B-D
5
3
21
4
Female
1
2
3
4
5
+24 VDC
TEST
0 VDC
Not used
Not used
Brown
Black
Blue
White
Yellow
Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable
5
8
4
3
2
1
7
6
Female
2
7
5
6
1
+24 VDC
0 VDC
OSSD 1
OSSD 2
RESET
Brown
Blue
Black
White
Yellow
8AUX Red
3 MUTE A Gray
4 MUTE B Pink
Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable
Brown
Blue
Black
White
Yellow
1
3
2
4
5
5
3
21
4
Brown
Blue
Black
White
Yellow
1
3
2
4
5
Female
5
4
12
3
Male
Connected to Power Cable
or Double-Ended Cable
Connected to Single-Ended Cable,
or Double-Ended Cable
Brown
Blue
Black
White
Yellow
Red
Gray
Pink
Blue
Black
White
Yellow
Red
Gray
Pink
2
7
5
6
1
8
3
4
Brown
5
8
4
3
2
1
7
6
5
8
6
7
1
2
3
4
2
7
5
6
1
8
3
4
Connected to Power Cable
or Double-Ended Cable
Connected to Single-Ended Cable,
or Double-Ended Cable
Female Male
Emitter Cable is gray F39-JG@B-L (Gray) F39-JG@A-L (Gray)
Receiver Cable is black F39-JG@B-D (Black)
Double-Ended Cable
F39-JG@B
Single-Ended Cable
F39-JG@A
F39-JG@A-D (Black)
<Connection example>
F3SG-RA
19
F3SG-RA
Y-Joint Plug/Socket Connector for F3SG-4RA@@@@-14/-4RA@@@@-30
For reduced wiring
* Order the cable for emitter (end of model: -L) and the cable for receiver (end of model: -D).
Cascading Cable (2 cables per set, for emitter and receiver)
Note: The Double-Ended Cable (up to 10 m: F39-JG10B) can be added to extend the cable length between the series-connected sensors.
Cable length between sensors: 10 m max. (not including cascading cable (F39-JGR2W) and power cable)
Appearance Type
Cable length
Specifications Model
M12 connectors.
Used for reduced
wiring.
0.5 m F39-GCNY2
Appearance Type
Cable length
Specifications Model
Emitter cable:
Cap (5-pin), M12
connector (5-pin)
Receiver cable:
Cap (8-pin), M12
connector (8-pin)
0.2 m F39-JGR2W
F3SG-RA
Emitter
Double-Ended Cable
F39-JG@B-L (Gray) *
Single-Ended Cable
F39-JG@A-D (Black) *
Y-Joint Plug/
Socket Connector for Advanced type
F39-GCNY2
F3SG-RA
Receiver
Secondary
sensor 1
(Emitter)
Secondary
sensor 1
(Receiver)
Primary
sensor
(Emitter)
Primary
sensor
(Receiver)
Cascading Cable
F39-JGR2W
Cable
F39-JG@@@-D
Cable
F39-JG@@@-L
Emitter
Receiver
Cable is gray
F39-JG@B-L (Gray)
Double-Ended Cable
F39-JG@B
Cable is black
F39-JG@B-D (Black)
Cascading Cable
F39-JGR2W
Emitter
Receiver
Cable is gray
Cable is black
Remove the cap
Remove the cap
<Connection example>
F3SG-RA
20
Sensor Mounting Brackets
*1. [for F3SG-4RA@@@@-14]
- Protective height of 0160 to 1200: 2 sets, Protective height of 1280 to 2080: 3 sets
[for F3SG-4RA@@@@-30]
- Protective height of 0190 to 1230: 2 sets, Protective height of 1310 to 2270: 3 sets, Protective height of 2350 to 2510: 4 sets
*2. Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket cannot be used with the Standard Fixed Bracket. Use with the Standard Adjustable Bracket.
Using Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets with Standard Adjustable Brackets
F3SG-4RA@@@@-14: Protective height of 1040 or less: The Standard Adjustable Bracket is not required. Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Adjustable
Brackets (F39-LGTB(-1)).
Protective height of 1120 to 1920: Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGTB(-1)) and 1 set of Standard
Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGA).
Protective height of 2000 to 2080: Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGTB(-1)) and 2 sets of Standard
Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGA).
F3SG-4RA@@@@-30: Protective height of 1070 or less: The Standard Adjustable Bracket is not required. Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Adjustable
Brackets (F39-LGTB(-1)).
Protective height of 1150 to 1950: Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGTB(-1)) and 1 set of Standard
Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGA).
Protective height of 2030 to 2510: Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGTB(-1)) and 2 sets of Standard
Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGA).
Appearance Specification Application Model
Standard Fixed
Bracket
Bracket to mount the F3SG-R.
Side mounting and backside mounting possible.
(This is included as a standard accessory with the
product. It comes as a set of two Brackets. Refer to note
*1 for the number of sets provided with each model.)
F39-LGF
Standard
Adjustable
Bracket
Bracket to mount the F3SG-R.
Beam alignment after mounting possible.
The angle adjustment range is ±15°.
Side mounting and backside mounting possible.
(Sold separately as a set of two Brackets. Refer to note
*1 for the number of sets required for each model.)
F39-LGA
Top/Bottom
Adjustable Bracket *2
Bracket to mount the F3SG-R. Use this bracket at the
top and bottom positions of the F3SG-R.
Beam alignment after mounting possible.
The angle adjustment range is ±22.5°.
Side mounting and backside mounting possible.
(Sold separately. 4 brackets per set.)
F39-LGTB
Top/Bottom
Adjustable Bracket *2
(For user-made mounting
part)
Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket without a bracket to
mount to the wall. Use the user's own wall mounting part
to suit the machine.
(Sold separately. 4 brackets per set.)
F39-LGTB-1
F3SG-RA
21
F3SG-RA
Interface units and configuration tool SD Manager 2
Lamp
End Cap
Laser Pointer for F3SG-R
Appearance Type Specifications Model
SD Manager 2
The Configuration Tool SD Manager 2 is
available to download from our website at
http://www.ia.omron.com/f3sg-r_tool.
To change the settings of the F3SG-RA using
SD Manager 2, it is necessary to set the receiver's
two DIP switches No. 8 to ON.
−
Interface Unit
F39-GIF interface unit to connect the F3SG-RA
receiver to a USB port of the PC
Accessories:
0.3-m Dedicated Cable 1 (1),
2-m Dedicated Cable 2 (1),
Instruction Manual
F39-GIF
Bluetooth
Communication Unit
F39-BT bluetooth unit to enable bluetooth on the
F3SG-RA
IP67 rated when mated.
F39-BT
Appearance Type Specifications Model
Lamp The lamp can be connected to a receiver and turned ON
based on the operation of F3SG-RA/RR.
The lamp can indicate red, orange, and green colors,
to which three different states can be assigned.
IP67 rated when mated.
F39-LP
Lamp and Bluetooth
Communication Unit F39-BTLP
Appearance Specifications Model
Housing color: Black
For both emitter and receiver
(Attached to the F3SG-RA. The End Cap can be purchased if lost.)
IP67 rated when mated.
F39-CNM
Appearance Specifications Model
The laser pointer is attached on the optical surface of the F3SG-R to help coarse
adjustment of beams. F39-PTG
F3SG-RA
22
Spatter Protection Cover (2 covers per set, one for emitter and one for receiver)
Spatter Protection Covers include mounting brackets.
For Safety Light Curtain models of the protective height of 2,000 mm or longer, use two Spatter Protection Covers of different lengths.
Note: 1. The operating range of the Safety Light Curtain attached with the product is 10% shorter than the rating.
2. The product extends over the DIP Switch cover of the Safety Light Curtain. Be sure to use the product only after all required settings are
made to the DIP Switch.
Test Rod
Appearance Safety Light Curtain Model Model
Finger protection Hand and arm protection
F3SG-4RA0160-14 F3SG-4RA0190-30 F39-HGA0200
F3SG-4RA0240-14 F3SG-4RA0270-30 F39-HGA0280
F3SG-4RA0320-14 F3SG-4RA0350-30 F39-HGA0360
F3SG-4RA0400-14 F3SG-4RA0430-30 F39-HGA0440
F3SG-4RA0480-14 F3SG-4RA0510-30 F39-HGA0520
F3SG-4RA0560-14 F3SG-4RA0590-30 F39-HGA0600
F3SG-4RA0640-14 F3SG-4RA0670-30 F39-HGA0680
F3SG-4RA0720-14 F3SG-4RA0750-30 F39-HGA0760
F3SG-4RA0800-14 F3SG-4RA0830-30 F39-HGA0840
F3SG-4RA0880-14 F3SG-4RA0910-30 F39-HGA0920
F3SG-4RA0960-14 F3SG-4RA0990-30 F39-HGA1000
F3SG-4RA1040-14 F3SG-4RA1070-30 F39-HGA1080
F3SG-4RA1120-14 F3SG-4RA1150-30 F39-HGA1160
F3SG-4RA1200-14 F3SG-4RA1230-30 F39-HGA1240
F3SG-4RA1280-14 F3SG-4RA1310-30 F39-HGA1320
F3SG-4RA1360-14 F3SG-4RA1390-30 F39-HGA1400
F3SG-4RA1440-14 F3SG-4RA1470-30 F39-HGA1480
F3SG-4RA1520-14 F3SG-4RA1550-30 F39-HGA1560
F3SG-4RA1600-14 F3SG-4RA1630-30 F39-HGA1640
F3SG-4RA1680-14 F3SG-4RA1710-30 F39-HGA1720
F3SG-4RA1760-14 F3SG-4RA1790-30 F39-HGA1800
F3SG-4RA1840-14 F3SG-4RA1870-30 F39-HGA1880
F3SG-4RA1920-14 F3SG-4RA1950-30 F39-HGA1960
F3SG-4RA2000-14 F3SG-4RA2030-30 F39-HGA1480
F39-HGA0550
F3SG-4RA2080-14 F3SG-4RA2110-30 F39-HGA1560
F39-HGA0550
−F3SG-4RA2190-30 F39-HGA1640
F39-HGA0550
−F3SG-4RA2270-30 F39-HGA1720
F39-HGA0550
−F3SG-4RA2350-30 F39-HGA1800
F39-HGA0550
−F3SG-4RA2430-30 F39-HGA1880
F39-HGA0550
−F3SG-4RA2510-30 F39-HGA1960
F39-HGA0550
Diameter Model
14 mm dia. F39-TRD14
30 mm dia. F39-TRD30
F3SG-RA
23
F3SG-RA
Ratings and Specifications
Main unit
The @@@@ in the model names indicate the protective heights in millimeters.
F3SG-4RA-14
F3SG-2RA-14
F3SG-4RA-30
F3SG-2RA-30
Type of ESPE (IEC 61496-1) Type 4 F3SG-4RA-14/-30
Type 2 F3SG-2RA-14/-30
Performance
Object Resolution
(Detection Capability)
Opaque objects
14-mm dia. 30-mm dia.
Beam Gap 10 mm 20 mm
Number of Beams 15 to 207 8 to 124
Lens Size 5.2 × 3.4 (W × H) mm 7-mm dia.
Protective Height 160 to 2080 mm (6.3 to 81.9 inch) 190 to 2510 mm (7.3 to 98.7 inch)
Operating Range Long 0.3 to 10.0 m (1 to 32 ft.) 0.3 to 20.0 m (1 to 65 ft.)
Short 0.3 to 3.0 m (1 to 10 ft.) 0.3 to 7.0 m (1 to 23 ft.)
Response Time
ON to OFF Normal mode: 8 to 18 ms max. *1
Slow mode: 16 to 36 ms max. *1 *2
OFF to ON 40 to 90 ms max. *1
*1. Response time when used in one segment system or in cascaded connection.
Refer to page 25 for the one segment system. Refer to Safety Light Curtain F3SG-R Series User's Manual (ManNo.:
Z352) for cascaded connection.
*2. Selectable by Configuration Tool.
Effective Aperture Angle
(EAA) (IEC 61496-2)
Type 4 ±2.5° max., emitter and receiver at operating range of 3 m or greater
Type 2 ±5.0° max., emitter and receiver at operating range of 3 m or greater
Light Source Infrared LEDs, Wavelength: 870 nm
Startup Waiting Time 2 s max.
Electrical
Power Supply Voltage (Vs) SELV/PELV 24 VDC±20% (ripple p-p 10% max.)
Current Consumption Refer to page 25 .
Safety Outputs (OSSD)
Two PNP or NPN transistor outputs (PNP or NPN is selectable by DIP Switch.)
Load current of 300 mA max., Residual voltage of 2 V max. (except for voltage drop due to cable
extension), Capacitive load of 1 μF max., Inductive load of 2.2 H max. *1
Leakage current of 1 mA max. (PNP), 2 mA max. (NPN) *2
*1. The load inductance is the maximum value when the safety output frequently repeats ON and
OFF. When you use the safety output at 4 Hz or less, the usable load inductance becomes
larger.
*2. These values must be taken into consideration when connecting elements including a
capacitive load such as a capacitor.
Auxiliary Output One PNP or NPN transistor output (PNP or NPN is selectable by DIP Switch.)
Load current of 100 mA max., Residual voltage of 2 V max .
Output Operation
Mode
Safety Output Light-ON (Safety output is enabled when the receiver receives an emitting signal.)
Auxiliary Output Safety output (Inverted signal output:Enable) (default) (Cofigurable by Configuration Tool)
Input Voltage
ON Voltage
TEST:
24 V Active: 9 V to Vs (sink current 3 mA max.) *
0 V Active: 0 to 3 V (source current 3 mA max.)
MUTE A/B:
PNP: Vs to Vs-3 V (sink current 3 mA max.) *
NPN: 0 to 3 V (source current 3 mA max.)
RESET:
PNP: Vs to Vs-3 V (sink current 5 mA max.) *
NPN: 0 to 3 V (source current 5 mA max.)
OFF Voltage
TEST:
24 V Active : 0 to 1.5 V or open
0 V Active : 9 V to Vs or open
MUTE A/B, RESET:
PNP: 0 to 1/2 Vs, or open *
NPN: 1/2 Vs to Vs, or open *
* The Vs indicates a supply voltage value in your environment.
Overvoltage Category (IEC 60664-1) II
Indicators Refer to page 27.
Protective Circuit Output short protection, Power supply reverse polarity protection
Insulation Resistance 20 MΩ or higher (500 VDC megger)
Dielectric Strength 1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz (1 min)
Functional
Mutual Interference Prevention (Scan Code) This function prevents mutual interference in up to two F3SG-RA systems.
Cascade Connection
Number of cascaded segments: 3 max.
Total number of beams: 255 max.
Cable length between sensors: 10 m max.
(not including cascading cable (F39-JGR2W) and power cable)
Test Function Self-test (at power-on, and during operation)
External test (light emission stop function by test input)
Safety-Related Functions
Interlock
External device monitoring (EDM)
Pre-reset
Fixed blanking/Floating blanking
Reduced resolution
Muting/Override
Scan code selection
PNP/NPN selection
Response time adjustment
F3SG-RA
24
Bluetooth Communication Unit
* It depends on use environment conditions.
Environ-
mental
Ambient Temperature Operating -10 to 55°C (14 to 131°F) (non-icing)
Storage -25 to 70°C (-13 to 158°F)
Ambient Humidity Operating 35% to 85% (non-condensing)
Storage 35% to 95%
Ambient Illuminance Incandescent lamp: 3,000 Ix max. on receiver surface
Sunlight: 10,000 Ix max. on receiver surface
Degree of Protection (IEC 60529) IP65 and IP67
Vibration Resistance (IEC 61496-1) 10 to 55 Hz, Multiple amplitude of 0.7 mm, 20 sweeps for all 3 axes
Shock Resistance (IEC 61496-1) 100 m/s2, 1000 shocks for all 3 axes
Pollution Degree (IEC 60664-1) Pollution Degree 3
Connec-
tions
Power cable
Type of Connection
M12 connectors: 5-pin emitter and 8-pin receiver, IP67 rated when mated, Cables prewired to the sensors
Number of Wires Emitter: 5, Receiver: 8
Cable Length 0.3 m
Cable Diameter 6 mm
Minimum Bending
Radius R5 mm
Cascading cable
Type of Connection M12 connectors: 5-pin emitter and 8-pin receiver, IP67 rated when mated
Number of Wires Emitter: 5, Receiver: 8
Cable Length 0.2 m
Cable Diameter 6 mm
Minimum Bending
Radius R5 mm
Extension cable
- Single-Ended Cable
- Double-Ended Cable
Type of Connection M12 connectors: 5-pin emitter and 8-pin receiver, IP67 rated when mated
Number of Wires Emitter: 5, Receiver: 8
Cable Length Refer to page 18.
Cable Diameter 6.6 mm
Minimum Bending
Radius R36 mm
Extension of Power Cable 100 m max.
Material
Material
Housing: Aluminum alloy
Cap: PBT resin
Front window: Acrylic resin
Cable: Oil-resistant PVC resin
Standard Fixed Bracket (F39-LGF): Zinc alloy
FE plate: Stainless steel
Weight Refer to page 25.
Included Accessories
Safety Precautions, Quick Installation Manual, Standard Fixed Bracket *, Troubleshooting Guide
Sticker, Warning Zone Label
*The quantity of Standard Fixed Brackets included varies depending on the protective height.
[F3SG-RA-14]
- Protective height of 0160 to 1200: 2 sets
- Protective height of 1280 to 2080: 3 sets
[F3SG-RA-30]
- Protective height of 0190 to 1230: 2 sets
- Protective height of 1310 to 2270: 3 sets
- Protective height of 2350 to 2510: 4 sets
Conformity
Conforming standards Refer to page 26.
Type of ESPE (IEC 61496-1) Type 4
Performance Level
(PL)/Safety category
Type 4 PL e/Category 4 (EN ISO 13849-1:2015)
Type 2 PL c/Category 2 (EN ISO 13849-1:2015)
PFHD1.1 × 10-8 (IEC 61508)
Proof test interval TMEvery 20 years (IEC 61508)
SFF 99% (IEC 61508)
HFT 1 (IEC 61508)
Classification Type B (IEC 61508-2)
Communication System Bluetooth Version 3.0
Communication Profile SPP (Serial Port Profile)
Transmission Distance Approx. 10 m max. (Output power: Class 2) *
F3SG-4RA-14
F3SG-2RA-14
F3SG-4RA-30
F3SG-2RA-30
F3SG-RA
25
F3SG-RA
List of Models/Response Time/Current Consumption/Weight
F3SG-4RA-14/F3SG-2RA-14
*1. The maximum speed of movement of a test rod up to which the detection capability is maintained is 2.0 m/s.
*2. The response times are values when Scan Code is set at Code B. The response times for Code A are 1 ms shorter than these values.
*3. The net weight is the weight of an emitter and a receiver.
*4. The gross weight is the weight of an emitter, a receiver, included accessories and a package.
F3SG-4RA-30/F3SG-2RA-30
*1. The maximum speed of movement of a test rod up to which the detection capability is maintained is 2.0 m/s.
*2. The response times are values when Scan Code is set at Code B. The response times for Code A are 1 ms shorter than these values.
*3. The net weight is the weight of an emitter and a receiver.
*4. The gross weight is the weight of an emitter, a receiver, included accessories and a package.
Model
Number
of
Beams
Protective
Height
[mm]
Response Time [ms] *1
Current
Consumption
[mA]
Weight [kg]
ON → OFF
*2
OFF
(Synchronized)
→ ON
OFF
(Not synchronized)
→ ON
Emitter
Receiver
Net *3 Gross
*4
F3SG-4RA0160-14 F3SG-2RA0160-14 15 160 8 40 140 40 75 0.7 2.0
F3SG-4RA0240-14 F3SG-2RA0240-14 23 240 8 40 140 45 75 0.9 2.3
F3SG-4RA0320-14 F3SG-2RA0320-14 31 320 8 40 140 55 75 1.1 2.6
F3SG-4RA0400-14 F3SG-2RA0400-14 39 400 8 40 140 60 80 1.3 2.9
F3SG-4RA0480-14 F3SG-2RA0480-14 47 480 13 65 165 50 80 1.5 3.2
F3SG-4RA0560-14 F3SG-2RA0560-14 55 560 13 65 165 55 80 1.7 3.5
F3SG-4RA0640-14 F3SG-2RA0640-14 63 640 13 65 165 60 85 1.9 3.9
F3SG-4RA0720-14 F3SG-2RA0720-14 71 720 13 65 165 65 85 2.1 4.2
F3SG-4RA0800-14 F3SG-2RA0800-14 79 800 13 65 165 65 90 2.3 4.5
F3SG-4RA0880-14 F3SG-2RA0880-14 87 880 13 65 165 70 90 2.6 4.8
F3SG-4RA0960-14 F3SG-2RA0960-14 95 960 13 65 165 75 90 2.8 5.1
F3SG-4RA1040-14 F3SG-2RA1040-14 103 1040 13 65 165 80 95 3.0 5.4
F3SG-4RA1120-14 F3SG-2RA1120-14 111 1120 13 65 165 85 95 3.2 5.7
F3SG-4RA1200-14 F3SG-2RA1200-14 119 1200 13 65 165 90 100 3.4 6.0
F3SG-4RA1280-14 F3SG-2RA1280-14 127 1280 13 65 165 95 100 3.6 6.4
F3SG-4RA1360-14 F3SG-2RA1360-14 135 1360 13 65 165 95 105 3.8 6.7
F3SG-4RA1440-14 F3SG-2RA1440-14 143 1440 18 90 190 85 105 4.0 7.0
F3SG-4RA1520-14 F3SG-2RA1520-14 151 1520 18 90 190 90 105 4.2 7.3
F3SG-4RA1600-14 F3SG-2RA1600-14 159 1600 18 90 190 90 110 4.4 7.6
F3SG-4RA1680-14 F3SG-2RA1680-14 167 1680 18 90 190 95 110 4.7 7.9
F3SG-4RA1760-14 F3SG-2RA1760-14 175 1760 18 90 190 100 115 4.9 8.2
F3SG-4RA1840-14 F3SG-2RA1840-14 183 1840 18 90 190 100 115 5.1 8.5
F3SG-4RA1920-14 F3SG-2RA1920-14 191 1920 18 90 190 105 120 5.3 8.8
F3SG-4RA2000-14 F3SG-2RA2000-14 199 2000 18 90 190 105 120 5.5 9.2
F3SG-4RA2080-14 F3SG-2RA2080-14 207 2080 18 90 190 110 125 5.7 9.5
Model
Number
of
Beams
Protective
Height
[mm]
Response Time [ms] *1
Current
Consumption
[mA]
Weight [kg]
ON → OFF
*2
OFF
(Synchronized)
→ ON
OFF
(Not synchronized)
→ ON
Emitter
Receiver
Net *3 Gross
*4
F3SG-4RA0190-30 F3SG-2RA0190-30 8 190 8 40 140 35 75 0.6 2.1
F3SG-4RA0270-30 F3SG-2RA0270-30 12 270 8 40 140 35 75 0.9 2.4
F3SG-4RA0350-30 F3SG-2RA0350-30 16 350 8 40 140 40 75 1.1 2.7
F3SG-4RA0430-30 F3SG-2RA0430-30 20 430 8 40 140 45 75 1.3 3.0
F3SG-4RA0510-30 F3SG-2RA0510-30 24 510 8 40 140 50 75 1.5 3.3
F3SG-4RA0590-30 F3SG-2RA0590-30 28 590 8 40 140 50 75 1.7 3.6
F3SG-4RA0670-30 F3SG-2RA0670-30 32 670 8 40 140 55 75 1.9 3.9
F3SG-4RA0750-30 F3SG-2RA0750-30 36 750 8 40 140 60 80 2.1 4.2
F3SG-4RA0830-30 F3SG-2RA0830-30 40 830 8 40 140 65 80 2.3 4.5
F3SG-4RA0910-30 F3SG-2RA0910-30 44 910 13 65 165 50 80 2.5 4.8
F3SG-4RA0990-30 F3SG-2RA0990-30 48 990 13 65 165 50 80 2.7 5.1
F3SG-4RA1070-30 F3SG-2RA1070-30 52 1070 13 65 165 55 80 2.9 5.4
F3SG-4RA1150-30 F3SG-2RA1150-30 56 1150 13 65 165 55 85 3.1 5.7
F3SG-4RA1230-30 F3SG-2RA1230-30 60 1230 13 65 165 55 85 3.3 6.0
F3SG-4RA1310-30 F3SG-2RA1310-30 64 1310 13 65 165 60 85 3.5 6.3
F3SG-4RA1390-30 F3SG-2RA1390-30 68 1390 13 65 165 60 85 3.8 6.6
F3SG-4RA1470-30 F3SG-2RA1470-30 72 1470 13 65 165 65 85 4.0 6.9
F3SG-4RA1550-30 F3SG-2RA1550-30 76 1550 13 65 165 65 90 4.2 7.2
F3SG-4RA1630-30 F3SG-2RA1630-30 80 1630 13 65 165 70 90 4.4 7.5
F3SG-4RA1710-30 F3SG-2RA1710-30 84 1710 13 65 165 70 90 4.6 7.8
F3SG-4RA1790-30 F3SG-2RA1790-30 88 1790 13 65 165 70 90 4.8 8.1
F3SG-4RA1870-30 F3SG-2RA1870-30 92 1870 13 65 165 75 90 5.0 8.4
F3SG-4RA1950-30 F3SG-2RA1950-30 96 1950 13 65 165 75 95 5.2 8.7
F3SG-4RA2030-30 F3SG-2RA2030-30 100 2030 13 65 165 80 95 5.4 9.0
F3SG-4RA2110-30 F3SG-2RA2110-30 104 2110 13 65 165 80 95 5.6 9.3
F3SG-4RA2190-30 F3SG-2RA2190-30 108 2190 13 65 165 85 95 5.8 9.6
F3SG-4RA2270-30 F3SG-2RA2270-30 112 2270 13 65 165 85 100 6.0 9.9
F3SG-4RA2350-30 F3SG-2RA2350-30 116 2350 13 65 165 85 100 6.2 10.2
F3SG-4RA2430-30 F3SG-2RA2430-30 120 2430 13 65 165 90 100 6.4 10.5
F3SG-4RA2510-30 F3SG-2RA2510-30 124 2510 13 65 165 90 100 6.7 10.8
F3SG-RA
26
Legislation and Standards
1. The F3SG-R does not receive type approval provided by Article 44-2 of the Industrial Safety and Health Act of Japan. When using the F3SG-R
in Japan as a "safety system for pressing or shearing machines" prescribed in Article 42 of that law, the machine control system must receive
type approval.
2. The F3SG-R is electro-sensitive protective equipment (ESPE) in accordance with European Union (EU) Machinery Directive Index Annex V,
Item 2.
3. EC Declaration of Conformity
OMRON declares that the F3SG-R is in conformity with the requirements of the following EC Directives:
Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC
EMC Directive2014/30/EU
4. Conforming Standards
(1) European standards
EN61496-1 (Type 4 and Type 2 ESPE), EN 61496-2 (Type 4 and Type 2 AOPD), EN61508-1 through -4 (SIL 3 for Type 4 and SIL 1 for
Type 2), EN ISO 13849-1:2015 (PL e, Category 4 for Type 4 and PL c, Category 2 for Type 2)
(2) International standards
IEC61496-1 (Type 4 and Type 2 ESPE), IEC61496-2 (Type 4 and Type 2 AOPD), IEC61508-1 through -4 (SIL 3 for Type 4 and SIL 1 for
Type 2), ISO 13849-1:2015 (PL e, Category 4 for Type 4 and PL c, Category 2 for Type 2)
(3) JIS standards
JIS B 9704-1 (Type 4 and Type 2 ESPE), JIS B 9704-2 (Type 4 and Type 2 AOPD)
(4) North American standards
UL61496-1(Type 4 and Type 2 ESPE), UL61496-2(Type 4 and Type 2 AOPD), UL508, UL1998,
CAN/CSA C22.2 No.14, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.0.8
(5) Chinese standards
GB/T 4584(Specification of active opto-electronic protective devices for presses)
5. Third-Party Certifications
(1) TÜV SÜD
•EC Type-Examination certificate:
EU Machinery Directive, Type 4 and Type 2 ESPE (EN61496-1), Type 4 and Type 2 AOPD (EN 61496-2)
•Certificate:
Type 4 and Type 2 ESPE (EN61496-1), Type 4 and Type 2 AOPD (EN61496-2), EN 61508-1 through -4 (SIL 3 for Type 4 and SIL 1 for
Type 2), EN ISO 13849-1:2015 (PL e, Category 4 for Type 4, and PL c, Category 2 for Type 2)
(2) UL
•UL Listing:
Type 4 and Type 2 ESPE (UL61496-1), Type 4 and Type 2 AOPD (UL61496-2), UL508, UL1998, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.14, CAN/CSA C22.2
No.0.8
(3) China National Casting and Forging Machines Quality Supervision and Inspection Center
•Certificate:
GB/T 4584 (Specification of active opto-electronic protective devices for presses)
6. Other Standards
The F3SG-R is designed according to the standards listed below. To make sure that the final system complies with the following standards and
regulations, you are asked to design and use it in accordance with all other related standards, laws, and regulations. If you have any questions,
consult with specialized organizations such as the body responsible for prescribing and/or enforcing machinery safety regulations in the location
where the equipment is to be used.
•European Standards: EN415-4, EN691-1, EN692, EN693, IEC 62046
•U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Standards: OSHA 29 CFR 1910.212
•U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Standards: OSHA 29 CFR 1910.217
•American National Standards: ANSI B11.1 to B11.19
•American National Standards: ANSI/RIA R15.06
•Canadian Standards Association CSA Z142, Z432, Z434
•SEMI Standards SEMI S2
•Japan Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare "Guidelines for Comprehensive Safety Standards of Machinery", Standard Bureau's Notification
No. 0731001 dated July 31, 2007.rms and Conditions Agreement
•Chinese National Standards: GB17120, GB27607
F3SG-RA
27
F3SG-RA
Indicator
Emitter
Receiver
* The LED is illuminated when the EDM input is in ON state regardless of wiring with EDM used or unused.
Interface Unit
Lamp
Name of Indicator Color Illuminated Blinking
Test TEST Green −External Test is being performed
Operating range LONG Green Long range mode is selected Lockout state due to DIP Switch setting error
or Operating range selection setting error
Power POWER Green Power is ON. Error due to noise
Lockout LOCKOUT Red −Lockout state due to error in emitter
Name of Indicator Color Illuminated Blinking
Top-beam-state TOP Blue The top beam is unblocked Muting/Override state, or Lockout state due to Cap
error or Other sensor error
PNP/NPN mode NPN Green NPN mode is selected by DIP Switch −
Response time SLOWGreen Response Time Adjustment is enabled −
Sequence error SEQ Yellow −Sequence error in Muting or Pre-reset mode
Blanking BLANK Green Blanking, Warning Zone or Reduced Resolution is
enabled Teach-in mode, or Blanking Monitoring error
Configuration CFG Green −
Teach-in mode, zone measurement beng performed
by Dynamic Muting, or Lockout state due to
Parameter error or Cascading Configuration error
Interlock INT-LK Yellow Interlock state Pre-reset mode
External device
monitoring EDM Green RESET input is in ON state * Lockout state due to EDM error
Internal error INTERNAL Red −Lockout state due to Internal error, or error due
to abnormal power supply or noise
Lockout LOCKOUT Red −Lockout state due to error in receiver
Stable-state STB Green Incident light level is 170% or higher of ON-threshold Safety output is instantaneously turned OFF due to
ambient light or vibration
ON/OFF ON/OFF
Green Safety output is in ON state −
Red Safety output is in OFF state, or the sensor is in
Setting state
Lockout state due to Safety Output error, or error due
to abnormal power supply or noise
Communication COM Green Synchronization between emitter and receiver is
maintained
Lockout state due to Communication error, or error
due to abnormal power supply or noise
Bottom-beam-state BTM Blue The bottom beam is unblocked Muting/Override state, or Lockout state due to DIP
Switch setting error
Main unit PC/AT compatible machine (computer that runs Microsoft Windows)
Operating system (OS) Windows 7 (32-bit/64-bit), Windows 8, 8.1 (32-bit/64-bit), Windows 10 (32-bit/64-bit)
Communication port USB port ×1
Ambient temperature Operating: -10 to 55°C, Storage: -30 to 70°C (non-icing and non-condensing)
Ambient humidity Operating: 35% to 85%, Storage: 35% to 95% (non-condensing)
Item F39-LP
Applicable Sensor F3SG-@RA/RR Series Safety Light Curtain (Receiver)
LED Light Color Red/Orange/Green
Power Supply Voltage 24 VDC±20%, ripple p-p 10% max. (shares sensor′s power supply)
Current Consumption 25 mA max. (shares sensor′s power supply.)
Ambient Temperature Operating: -10 to 55°C, Storage: -25 to 70°C
Ambient Humidity Operating: 35% to 85%, Storage: 35% to 95%
Vibration Resistance 10 to 55 Hz, Multiple amplitude of 0.7 mm,20 sweeps for all 3 axes
Shock Resistance 100 m/s2 , 1000 shocks for all 3 axes
Degree of Protection IP65 and IP67 (When attached to F3SG)
Type of Connection Connectable to F3SG-RA′s terminal connector
Material Lighting element: PC, Other body parts: PBT
Weight 45 g (when packaged)
F3SG-RA
28
Connections (Basic Wiring Diagram)
Standalone F3SG-RA using PNP Outputs
Standard Muting Mode/Exit-Only Muting Mode using PNP Outputs
The following is the example of External Device Monitoring disabled, Auto Reset mode, PNP output and External Test in 24 V Active.
DIP Switch settings *6
: Indicates a switch position.
Configure functions with the DIP Switches before wiring.
Wiring Example
Note: Functional earth connection is unnecessary when you use the F3SG-RA in a general industrial environment where noise control or stable
power supply is considered. However, when you use the F3SG-RA in an environment where there may be excessive noise from
surroundings or stable power supply may be interfered, it is recommended the F3SG-RA be connected to functional earth.
The wiring examples in later examples do not indicate functional earth. To use functional earth, wire an earth cable according to the example
above. Refer to Safety Light Curtain F3SG-R Series User's Manual for more information.
Function DIP-SW1 DIP-SW2
Receiver
EDM Disabled (factory default setting)
Auto Reset (factory default setting)
PNP (factory default setting)
Emitter External Test: 24 V Active (factory default setting)
2ON
2ON
3ON3ON
4ON4ON
7ON
7ON
4ON
OSSD1 : Black
OSSD2 : White
24 VDC : Brown
Not used : Yellow
TEST : Black
Not used : White
24 VDC : Brown
0 VDC : Blue
0 VDC : Blue
AUX : Red
MUTE B : Pink
MUTE A : Gray
RESET : Yellow *1
S1: Test Switch (Connect the line to 0 V if this switch
is not required)
S2: Lockout/Interlock Reset Switch,
Override Switch
or Override Cancel Switch
S2
*2
S1
Power Supply
+24 VDC
0 VDC
Safety
Controller *3 *4
Muting
Actuator *5
IN1 IN2
Unblocked
Blocked
MUTE A
MUTE B
OSSD
Test Switch (S1)
Beam state
PLC *7
IN
Receiver
Emitter
F39-JG@A-L F39-JG@A-D
Functional Earth
*1.Also used as Override input line.
*2.Make sure to connect an override cancel switch to the Reset line when using the override function.
Otherwise the override state may not be released by the override cancel switch, resulting in serious
injury.
*3.Refer to page 30 for more information.
*4.The safety controller and the F3SG-RA must share the power supply or be connected to the common
terminal of the power supply.
*5.Refer to Smart Muting Actuator F3W-MA Series User's Manual for more information.
*6.The functions are configurable with DIP Switch. Refer to Safety Light Curtain F3SG-R Series User's
Manual for more information on setting the functions by the DIP Switch.
*7.When connecting to the PLC, the output mode must be changed with the Configuration Tool
according to your application.
F3SG-RA
29
F3SG-RA
Standalone F3SG-RA using NPN Outputs
Standard Muting Mode/Exit-Only Muting Mode using NPN Outputs
The following is the example of External Device Monitoring enabled, Auto Reset mode, NPN output and External Test in 0 V Active.
DIP Switch settings *3
: Indicates a switch position.
Configure functions with the DIP Switches before wiring.
Wiring Example
Note: For the functional earth connection, refer to page 28.
Function DIP-SW1 DIP-SW2
Receiver
EDM Enabled
Auto Reset (factory default setting)
NPN
Emitter External Test: 0 V Active
2ON
2ON
3ON
3ON
4ON
4ON
7ON
7ON
4ON
OSSD1 : Black
OSSD2 : White
24 VDC : Brown
Not used : Yellow
TEST : Black
Not used : White
24 VDC : Brown
0 VDC : Blue
0 VDC : Blue
AUX : Red
MUTE B : Pink
MUTE A : Gray
RESET : Yellow *1
S1: Test Switch (Connect the line to 24 V if this switch is not required)
S2: Override Cancel Switch
S3: Lockout/Interlock Reset Switch or Override Switch
S4, S5: Muting sensor
KM1, KM2: Safety relay with forcibly guided
contacts (G7SA) or magnetic contactor
M: Motor
S1
S3 Power Supply
+24 VDC
0 VDC
S5
S2
*2 S4
KM1 KM2
KM1
KM2
KM1
KM2
M
Unblocked
Blocked
MUTE A
MUTE B
OSSD
Test Switch (S1)
Beam state
PLC *4
IN
Receiver
Emitter
F39-JG@A-L F39-JG@A-D
*1.Also used as Override input line.
*2.Make sure to connect an override cancel switch to the Reset line
when using the override function. Otherwise the override state may
not be released by the override cancel switch, resulting in serious
injury.
*3.The functions are configurable with DIP Switch. Refer to Safety
Light Curtain F3SG-R Series User's Manual for more information on
setting the functions by the DIP Switch.
*4.When connecting to the PLC, the output mode must be changed
with the Configuration Tool according to your application.
F3SG-RA
30
Connectable Safety Control Units
The F3SG-RA with PNP output can be connected to the safety control units listed in the table below.
The F3SG-R with NPN output can be connected to the safety control unit listed in the table below.
Connectable Safety Control Units (PNP output)
Safety Relay Units Flexible Safety Units Safety Controllers
G9SA-301
G9SA-321-T@
G9SA-501
G9SB-200-B
G9SB-200-D
G9SB-301-B
G9SB-301-D
G9SE-201
G9SE-401
G9SE-221-T@
G9SX-AD322-T
G9SX-ADA222-T
G9SX-BC202
G9SX-GS226-T15
G9SP-N10S
G9SP-N10D
G9SP-N20S
NE0A-SCPU01
NE1A-SCPU01
NE1A-SCPU02
DST1-ID12SL-1
DST1-MD16SL-1
DST1-MRD08SL-1
NX-SIH400
NX-SID800
F3SP-T01
Connectable Safety Control Units (NPN output)
Safety Relay Units
G9SA-301-P
F3SG-RA
31
F3SG-RA
Input/Output Circuit
Entire Circuit Diagram
The entire circuit diagram of the F3SG-RA is shown below.
The numbers in the circles indicate the connector's pin numbers.
PNP Output
2
1
5
8
7
6
+24 VDC
1
2
4
Brown
Black TEST
White Not used
Blue
Brown
White OSSD 2
Pink MUTE B
Gray MUTE A
Black OSSD 1
Red AUX
Blue
3
Reset input
circuit
4
Muting input
circuit B
3
Muting input
circuit A
Yellow RESET
0 VDC
5Yellow Not used
Load
Indicator
Emitter
Main Circuit
Test Input
Circuit
Receiver
Main Circuit 2
Receiver
Main Circuit 1
Indicator Load
Load
F3SG-RA
32
NPN Output
2
1
5
8
7
6
+24 VDC
1
2
4
Brown
Black TEST
White Not used
Blue
Brown
Yellow
White OSSD 2
Pink MUTE B
Gray MUTE A
Black OSSD 1
Red AUX
Blue
3
Reset input
circuit
4
Muting input
circuit B
3
Muting input
circuit A
RESET
0 VDC
5Yellow Not used
Indicator
Emitter
Main Circuit
Test Input
Circuit
Receiver
Main Circuit 2
Receiver
Main Circuit 1
Indicator
Load
Load
Load
F3SG-RA
33
F3SG-RA
Input Circuit Diagram by Function
The input circuit diagrams of by function are shown below.
PNP Output
NPN Output
Emitter
Main
Circuit
+24 VDC
0 VDC
5 V
Short circuit current:
3 mA
<Input circuit (Test input)>
Receiver
Main
Circuit
+24 VDC
0 VDC
Short circuit current *
<Input circuit (Reset input, Muting inputs A/B)>
Receiver
Main
Circuit
+24 VDC
0 VDC
Short circuit current *
<Input circuit (Reset, Muting inputs A/B)>
Emitter
Main
Circuit
+24 VDC
0 VDC
5 V
Short circuit current:
3 mA
<Input circuit (Test input)>
*Short circuit current: 5mA (Reset input), 3mA (Muting inputs A/B)
F3SG-RA
34
Dimensions (Unit: mm)
Mounted with Standard Fixed Brackets (F39-LGF)
Backside Mounting
*1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
*2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the models of protective height of 0160 to 0270. In this case, locate this bracket
at half the Dimension A (or at the center of the sensor length).
2-M5 or M6
2-M5 or M6
A
6.4
51 51
35
9.2
66
Standard
Fixed Bracket
(F39-LGF)
Standard
Fixed Bracket
(F39-LGF)
35
40
50.35
D
P
24.85
51
150 maxF
150 max
C2 (Protective height for 14mm)
C1 (Protective height for 30mm)
33
18
43
F
24.85
A
150 max
150 max
< Screw: M5 or M6 >
F3SG-RA-30 Series
Dimension A C1+18
Dimension C1 4-digit number of the type name
(Protective height)
Dimension D C1-50
Dimension P 20
Protective height
(C1)
Number of Standard
Fixed Brackets *1 Dimension F
0190 to 1230 2 *2 1000 mm max.
1310 to 2270 3 1000 mm max.
2350 to 2510 4 1000 mm max.
F3SG-RA-14 Series
Dimension A C2+48
Dimension C2 4-digit number of the type name
(Protective height)
Dimension D C2-20
Dimension P 10
Protective height
(C2)
Number of Standard
Fixed Brackets *1 Dimension F
0160 to 1200 2 *2 1000 mm max.
1280 to 2080 3 1000 mm max.
F3SG-RA
35
F3SG-RA
Side Mounting
*1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
*2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the models of protective height of 0160 to 0270. In this case, locate this bracket
at half the Dimension A (or at the center of the sensor length).
Standard
Fixed Bracket
(F39-LGF)
Standard
Fixed Bracket
(F39-LGF)
A
35
40
2-M5 or M6
2-M5 or M6
51
9.2
51
35
6.4
66
50.35
51
150 max 150 maxF
42.35
A
150 max 150 max
F
P
D
C1 (Protective height for 30mm)
33
18
43
C2 (Protective height for 14mm)
< Screw: M5 or M6 >
F3SG-RA-30 Series
Dimension A C1+18
Dimension C1 4-digit number of the type name
(Protective height)
Dimension D C1-50
Dimension P 20
Protective height
(C1)
Number of Standard
Fixed Brackets *1 Dimension F
0190 to 1230 2 *2 1000 mm max.
1310 to 2270 3 1000 mm max.
2350 to 2510 4 1000 mm max.
F3SG-RA-14 Series
Dimension A C2+48
Dimension C2 4-digit number of the type name
(Protective height)
Dimension D C2-20
Dimension P 10
Protective height
(C2)
Number of Standard
Fixed Brackets *1 Dimension F
0160 to 1200 2 *2 1000 mm max.
1280 to 2080 3 1000 mm max.
F3SG-RA
36
Mounted with Standard Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGA)
Backside Mounting
*1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
*2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the models of protective height of 0160 to 0270. In this case, locate this bracket
at half the Dimension A (or at the center of the sensor length).
Standard
Adjustable Bracket
(F39-LGA)
Standard
Adjustable Bracket
(F39-LGA)
35
48.6
50.35
2-M5 or M6
2-M5 or M6
35
A
72
9.2
72
6.4
84
P
72
24.85
150 max
150 max
F
D
C2 (Protective height for 14mm)
C1 (Protective height for 30mm)
33
18
43
F
A
24.85
150 max
150 max
< Screw: M5 or M6 >
F3SG-RA-30 Series
Dimension A C1+18
Dimension C1 4-digit number of the type name
(Protective height)
Dimension D C1-50
Dimension P 20
Protective height
(C1)
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets *1 Dimension F
0190 to 1230 2 *2 1000 mm max.
1310 to 2270 3 1000 mm max.
2350 to 2510 4 1000 mm max.
F3SG-RA-14 Series
Dimension A C2+48
Dimension C2 4-digit number of the type name
(Protective height)
Dimension D C2-20
Dimension P 10
Protective height
(C2)
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets *1 Dimension F
0160 to 1200 2 *2 1000 mm max.
1280 to 2080 3 1000 mm max.
F3SG-RA
37
F3SG-RA
Side Mounting
*1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
*2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the models of protective height of 0160 to 0270. In this case, locate this bracket
at half the Dimension A (or at the center of the sensor length).
50.35
Standard
Adjustable Bracket
(F39-LGA)
Standard
Adjustable Bracket
(F39-LGA)
35
A
48.6
2-M5 or M6
2-M5 or M6
72 72
35
6.4
9.2
84
72
150 max 150 max
F
42.35
A
150 max 150 max
F
P
D
C2 (Protective height for 14mm)
C1 (Protective height for 30mm)
33
18
43
< Screw: M5 or M6 >
F3SG-RA-30 Series
Dimension A C1+18
Dimension C1 4-digit number of the type name
(Protective height)
Dimension D C1-50
Dimension P 20
Protective height
(C1)
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets *1 Dimension F
0190 to 1230 2 *2 1000 mm max.
1310 to 2270 3 1000 mm max.
2350 to 2510 4 1000 mm max.
F3SG-RA-14 Series
Dimension A C2+48
Dimension C2 4-digit number of the type name
(Protective height)
Dimension D C2-20
Dimension P 10
Protective height
(C2)
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets *1 Dimension F
0160 to 1200 2 *2 1000 mm max.
1280 to 2080 3 1000 mm max.
F3SG-RA
38
Mounted with Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGTB) and Standard Adjustable
Brackets (F39-LGA)
Dimensions when using the F3SG-RA Series except the F3SG-4RA0190-30 and F3SG-4RA0160-14
Refer to Safety Light Curtain F3SG-R Series User's Manual for the dimensions when using the F3SG-4RA0190-30 and F3SG-4RA0160-14.
Backside Mounting
<Screw for Top/Bottom Adjustable
Bracket: M5 or M6>
<Screw for Top/Bottom Adjustable
Bracket: M8>
Standard Adjustable
Bracket
(F39-LGA)
Top/Bottom
Adjustable Bracket
(F39-LGTB)
Top/Bottom
Adjustable Bracket
(F39-LGTB)
Backside : 2-S3
2-M5 or M6
2-M5 or M6
2-M5 or M6
C1 (Protective height for 30 mm)
C2 (Protective height for 14 mm)
2-M8
S2.5
12
35
40.8
G
H
I
26.5
35
23.2
8.2
A
9.2
72
6.4
84
6.5
4
2-S3
53.25
48.6
35
13.6
4
4
18
33
43 D
P
F
F
25.75
24.85
46.5
H
38.5
G
33.75
24.85
72
24.85
72
F3SG-RA-30 Series
Dimension A C1+18
Dimension C1 4-digit number of the type name
(Protective height)
Dimension D C1-50
Dimension G C1+77.5
Dimension H C1+103
Dimension I C1+122
Dimension P 20
Protective height
(C1)
Number of Top/Bottom
Adjustable Brackets
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets
Dimension F
0270 to 1070 2 0
−
1150 to 1950 2 1
1000 mm max.
2030 to 2510 2 2
1000 mm max.
F3SG-RA-14 Series
Dimension A C2+48
Dimension C2 4-digit number of the type name
(Protective height)
Dimension D C2-20
Dimension G C2+107.5
Dimension H C2+133
Dimension I C2+152
Dimension P 10
Protective height
(C2)
Number of Top/Bottom
Adjustable Brackets
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets
Dimension F
0240 to 1040 2 0
−
1120 to 1920 2 1
1000 mm max.
2000 to 2080 2 2
1000 mm max.
F3SG-RA
39
F3SG-RA
Side Mounting
Top/Bottom
Adjustable Bracket
(F39-LGTB)
Top/Bottom
Adjustable Bracket
(F39-LGTB)
Standard
Adjustable Bracket
(F39-LGA)
Backside : 2-S3
2-M5 or M6
2-M5 or M6
2-M5 or M6
C1 (Protective height for 30 mm)
C2 (Protective height for 14 mm)
<Screw for Top/Bottom Adjustable
Bracket: M5 or M6>
<Screw for Top/Bottom Adjustable
Bracket: M8>
2-M8
40.8
35
A
4
51.65
4
12
S2.5
35
23.2
26.5
35
6.5
8.2
H
I
84
9.2
6.4
72
G
9.6
2-S3
50.35
42.35
18
33
43 D
P
F
F
F
H
38.5 46.5
33.75 25.75
G
72
72
F3SG-RA-30 Series
Dimension A C1+18
Dimension C1 4-digit number of the type name
(Protective height)
Dimension D C1-50
Dimension G C1+77.5
Dimension H C1+103
Dimension I C1+122
Dimension P 20
Protective height
(C1)
Number of Top/Bottom
Adjustable Brackets
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets
Dimension F
0270 to 1070 2 0
−
1150 to 1950 2 1
1000 mm max.
2030 to 2510 2 2
1000 mm max.
F3SG-RA-14 Series
Dimension A C2+48
Dimension C2 4-digit number of the type name
(Protective height)
Dimension D C2-20
Dimension G C2+107.5
Dimension H C2+133
Dimension I C2+152
Dimension P 10
Protective height
(C2)
Number of Top/Bottom
Adjustable Brackets
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets
Dimension F
0240 to 1040 2 0
−
1120 to 1920 2 1
1000 mm max.
2000 to 2080 2 2
1000 mm max.
F3SG-RA
40
Accessories
Sensor Mounting Brackets
Standard Fixed Bracket (F39-LGF)
Standard Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGA, sold separately)
Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGTB, sold separately)
51
8
(23.1)
(25.8)
9.2
66
6.4
32.1
36
Material: Zinc alloy
8
72
42
45.1
84
9.2
6.4
32.9
(31.8)
(34.5)
Material: Zinc alloy ,Fluorochemical lubricant oil
4
31
4
48.25
5
26.5
23.2
8.2
6.5
9.5
22.25
44
45
18
67
23.5
26
20
161
35
40.8
Top/Bottom
Bracket (1)
Top/Bottom
Bracket (2)
Top/Bottom
Bracket (3)
Screw (2)
Screw(1)
Material: Stainless steel
F3SG-RA
41
F3SG-RA
Safety light curtain connecting cable
Single-Ended Cable for Emitter (F39-JGA-L, sold separately)
Single-Ended Cable for Receiver (F39-JGA-D, sold separately)
Double-Ended Cable for Emitter: Cable for extension (F39-JGB-L, sold separately)
Double-Ended Cable for Receiver: Cable for extension (F39-JGB-D, sold separately)
Emitter cable (Gray) Receiver cable (Black) L (m)
F39-JG3A-L F39-JG3A-D 3
F39-JG7A-L F39-JG7A-D 7
F39-JG10A-L F39-JG10A-D 10
F39-JG15A-L F39-JG15A-D 15
F39-JG20A-L F39-JG20A-D 20
Emitter cable (Gray) Receiver cable (Black) L (m)
F39-JGR5B-L F39-JGR15B-D 0.5
F39-JG1B-L F39-JG1B-D 1
F39-JG3B-L F39-JG3B-D 3
F39-JG5B-L F39-JG5B-D 5
F39-JG7B-L F39-JG7B-D 7
F39-JG10B-L F39-JG10B-D 10
F39-JG15B-L F39-JG15B-D 15
F39-JG20B-L F39-JG20B-D 20
40.7
L
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, 5-wire
(Cross section of conductor: 0.38 mm2/insulator diameter: dia. 1.2 mm)
dia.14.9
M12 IP67 connector
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, 8-wire
(Cross section of conductor: 0.38 mm2/insulator diameter: dia. 1.2 mm)
dia.14.9
M12 IP67 connector
L
40.7
M12 IP67 connector Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, 5-wire (2-pair + 1)
(Cross section of conductor: 0.38 mm2/insulator diameter: dia. 1.2 mm)
M12 IP67 connector
40.7
L
44.7
dia.14.9
dia.14.9
M12 IP67 connector Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, 8-wire (4-pair)
(Cross section of conductor: 0.38 mm2/insulator diameter: dia. 1.2 mm)
M12 IP67 connector
40.7
L
44.7
dia.14.9
dia.14.9
F3SG-RA
42
Cascading Cable for Emitter (F39-JGR2W-L, sold separately)
Cascading Cable for Receiver (F39-JGR2W-D, sold separately)
Y-Joint Plug/Socket Connector (F39-GCNY2, sold separately)
Interface Unit (F39-GIF, sold separately)
200
dia. 14.9
40.7
dia. 6
23.4
10
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6 mm, 5-wire
(Cross section of conductor: 0.15 mm2/Insulator diameter: dia. 1 mm)
Connector
M12 IP67 Connector 5-pin
24.2
M2.5 screw
dia. 6
200
dia. 14.9
40.7
23.4
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6 mm, 8-wire
(Cross section of conductor: 0.15 mm2/Insulator diameter: dia. 1 mm)
Connector
M12 IP67 Connector 8-pin
M2.5 screw
10 24.2
Plug marked with (bule circle): Connect to control panel side
Socket marked with (white circle): Connect to emitter
CN1
CN2
17.7 45.5
500
40.7
15.0
35.0
M12 x 1
4.6 dia.
To control
panel side
To emitter
M12 IP67 connector, 8-wire M12 IP67 connector, 5-wire
M12 IP67 connector, 8-wireInsulated vinyl round cable dia. 6
To receiver
Material: PBT (Main body)
67.9
35.8(16)(12)
(625.7)
(46)
Insulated vinyl round cable 4.6 dia. Standard length: 0.5 m
(11.8)
300
30
54.4
58
23.3
10
17.5 dia.
4.6 dia.
5.4 dia.
2,000
14.5
17.5 dia.
7.7
11
F3SG-RA
43
F3SG-RA
Spatter Protection Cover (F39-HGA, sold separately)
Bluetooth Communication Unit
(F39-BT, sold separately)
Lamp and Bluetooth Communication Unit
(F39-BTLP, sold separately)
Lamp (F39-LP, sold separately)
Related Manuals
40
41.8
Assembled dimensions
Model Total length
F39-HGA@@@@ @@@@+4
F39-HGA0550 558
Material: PC (Transparent cover)
ABS (Side wall)
Stainless steel (Bracket)
Aluminum adhesive tape
(Fixing sticker)
16.5
35
30
35
35
2.4
Material: PBT
35
30
28
35
35
2.4
Material:
PC (Lighting element)
PBT (Other body parts)
ManNo. Model Manual name
Z352 F3SG-@R@@@@@@@@ Safety Light Curtain F3SG-@R Series User's Manual
44
Safety Light Curtain Robust type
F3SG-RR
Enhanced Cutting Oil Resistance
• Mechanical seal structure prevents cutting oil
from getting inside
• Special materials and cables significantly enhanced
cutting oil resistance
• Rugged and compact housing. Perfect fit installation
• IP67G (JIS C 0920 Annex 1) rated
System Configuration
IF-U
PC
F39-LGRA
Free-Location Bracket
(Intermediate Bracket)
F39-LGRTB
F39-LGRTB-2
F39-LGRTB-3
Top/Bottom Bracket
F39-LP
Lamp
F39-BTLP
Lamp and Bluetooth
Communication Unit
F39-BT
Bluetooth
Communication Unit
NX/NE1A-series
Safety Network Controller
G9SP-series
Safety Controller
G9SE/G9SA-series
Safety Relay Unit
G9SX-series
Flexible Safety Unit
G7SA/G7S-E
Relays with Forcibly
Guided Contacts
Emitter Receiver
F39-JGR2W
Cascading Cable *1
F39-JD@B
Double-Ended Cable *1
F39-JD@RA-L
F39-JD@RA-D
Single-Ended Cable (Oil-Resistant Cable)
F39-JD@A
Single-Ended Cable *1
or
F39-CN5
F39-JD@BA
Reduced wiring connector system *1
Recommended safety controller *2
Accessory
Accessory *1
F39-PTG
Laser Pointer *1
Accessory
Mounting bracket Accessory *1
Emitter Receiver
F39-JD@B
Double-Ended Cable *1
Up to
three sets
F39-GIF-1
Interface Unit *1 Configuration Tool
SD Manager 2
*1. When the accessory is used, protect it from
cutting oil.
*2. The recommended safety controller is required to
build a safety circuit using emergency stop
switches and door switches.
F3SG-RR
45
F3SG-RR
Ordering Information
Main Units
Safety Light Curtain
Finger protection Hand and arm protection
Number of
beams
Protective height
(mm)
Model
23 240 F3SG-4RR0240-14
31 320 F3SG-4RR0320-14
39 400 F3SG-4RR0400-14
47 480 F3SG-4RR0480-14
55 560 F3SG-4RR0560-14
63 640 F3SG-4RR0640-14
71 720 F3SG-4RR0720-14
79 800 F3SG-4RR0800-14
87 880 F3SG-4RR0880-14
95 960 F3SG-4RR0960-14
103 1040 F3SG-4RR1040-14
111 1120 F3SG-4RR1120-14
119 1200 F3SG-4RR1200-14
127 1280 F3SG-4RR1280-14
135 1360 F3SG-4RR1360-14
143 1440 F3SG-4RR1440-14
151 1520 F3SG-4RR1520-14
159 1600 F3SG-4RR1600-14
167 1680 F3SG-4RR1680-14
175 1760 F3SG-4RR1760-14
183 1840 F3SG-4RR1840-14
191 1920 F3SG-4RR1920-14
Number of
beams
Protective height
(mm)
Model
12 240 F3SG-4RR0240-25
16 320 F3SG-4RR0320-25
20 400 F3SG-4RR0400-25
24 480 F3SG-4RR0480-25
28 560 F3SG-4RR0560-25
32 640 F3SG-4RR0640-25
36 720 F3SG-4RR0720-25
40 800 F3SG-4RR0800-25
44 880 F3SG-4RR0880-25
48 960 F3SG-4RR0960-25
52 1040 F3SG-4RR1040-25
56 1120 F3SG-4RR1120-25
60 1200 F3SG-4RR1200-25
64 1280 F3SG-4RR1280-25
68 1360 F3SG-4RR1360-25
72 1440 F3SG-4RR1440-25
76 1520 F3SG-4RR1520-25
80 1600 F3SG-4RR1600-25
84 1680 F3SG-4RR1680-25
88 1760 F3SG-4RR1760-25
92 1840 F3SG-4RR1840-25
96 1920 F3SG-4RR1920-25
F3SG-RR
46
Accessories (Sold separately)
Safety light curtain connecting cable
Single-Ended Cable (Oil-Resistant Cable)
Note: To extend the cable length to more than 7 m, add the F39-JD@B Double-Ended Cable.
When the Double-Ended Cable is used, protect it from cutting oil.
Single-Ended Cable (2 cables per set, one for emitter and one for receiver) *
* The cable for emitter and the cable for receiver are available separately. Add '-L' for emitter or '-D' for receiver to the end of the model number
when you order.
Single-Ended Cable for Emitter: F39-JD@A-L, Single-Ended Cable for Receiver: F39-JD@A-D
Note: 1. Use the F39-JD@RA-L/-D for applications where cutting oil resistance is required.
2. To extend the cable length to more than 20 m, add the F39-JD@B Double-Ended Cable.
Appearance Type
Cable length
Specifications Model
For emitter
M12 connector
(8-pin), 5 wires
Color: Gray
3 m F39-JD3RA-L
7 m F39-JD7RA-L
For receiver
M12 connector
(8-pin), 8 wires
Color: Black
3 m F39-JD3RA-D
7 m F39-JD7RA-D
Appearance Cable length Specifications Model
3 m F39-JD3A
7 m F39-JD7A
10 m F39-JD10A
15 m F39-JD15A
20 m F39-JD20A
5
8
4
3
2
1
7
6
Female
2
7
5
6
1
+24 VDC
0 VDC
Not used
Not used
Not used
Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable
Brown
Blue
Gray
Pink
−
8Not used−
3TESTBlack
4Not used−
5
8
4
3
2
1
7
6
Female
2
7
5
6
1
+24 VDC
0 VDC
MUTE A /PC COM (+)
MUTE B /PC COM (-)
OSSD 2
Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable
Brown
Blue
Gray
Pink
White
8
RESET/EDM
Red
3 OSSD 1Black
4AUXYellow
For emitter, M12 connector (8-pin), Color: Gray
For receiver, M12 connector (8-pin), Color: Black
IP67 and IP67G (JIS C 0920 Annex 1)* rated when mated.
* F3SG-RR meets the degree of protection when this cable
is correctly connected with the power cable of the F3SG-
RR. The degree of protection is not satisfied with the part
where cable wires are uncovered.
5
8
4
3
2
1
7
6
Female
2
7
5
6
1
+24 VDC
0 VDC
Not used
Not used
Not used
Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable
Brown
Blue
Gray
Pink
White
8Not usedRed
3TESTBlack
4Not usedYel lo w
Shield
5
8
4
3
2
1
7
6
Female
2
7
5
6
1
+24 VDC
0 VDC
MUTE A /PC COM (+)
MUTE B /PC COM (-)
OSSD 2
Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable
Brown
Blue
Gray
Pink
White
8
RESET/EDM
Red
3 OSSD 1Black
4AUXYellow
Shield
For emitter M12 connector (8-pin), Color: Gray
For receiver M12 connector (8-pin), Color: Black
IP67* rated when mated.
*When the accessory is used, protect it from cutting oil.
F3SG-RR
47
F3SG-RR
Double-Ended Cable (2 cables per set, one for emitter and one for receiver) *
* The cable for emitter and the cable for receiver are available separately. Add '-L' for emitter or '-D' for receiver to the end of the model number
when you order.
Double-Ended Cable for Emitter: F39-JD@B-L, Double-Ended Cable for Receiver: F39-JD@B-D
Note: To extend the cable length to more than 20 m, add the F39-JD@B Double-Ended Cable to the F39-JD@A Single-Ended Cable.
To extend the cable length to more than 40 m, add several Double-Ended Cables to the Single-Ended Cable.
Example: To extend the cable length to 50 m, connect two F39-JD20B (20 m) cables and one F39-JD10A (10 m) cable.
Reduced Wiring Connector System (Order the F39-CN5 and Cables for Reduce Wiring.)
Reduced Wiring Connector
Note: When using the Reduced Wiring Connector (F39-CN5), the following
functions are not available.
- Manual Reset
- External Device Monitoring
- Auxiliary Output
Make sure to keep the settings in the factory default.
Cable for Reduce Wiring* (2 cables per set, one for emitter and one for receiver)
Note: A combination of emitter and receiver cables of other lengths than the above is also available. For details, contact your Omron representative.
* Double-Ended Cable for emitter and Single-Ended Cable for receiver.
Appearance Cable length Specifications Model
0.5 m F39-JDR5B
1 m F39-JD1B
3 m F39-JD3B
5 m F39-JD5B
7 m F39-JD7B
10 m F39-JD10B
15 m F39-JD15B
20 m F39-JD20B
Appearance Specifications Model
IP67* rated when mated.
*When the accessory is used,
protect it from cutting oil.
F39-CN5
Appearance Cable length Specifications Remarks Model
Emitter: 3 m
Receiver: 3 m
IP67* rated
when mated.
*When the
accessory is
used, protect it
from cutting oil.
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD3B-L
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD3A-D F39-JD0303BA
Emitter: 3 m
Receiver: 7 m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD3B-L
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD7A-D F39-JD0307BA
Emitter: 3 m
Receiver: 10 m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD3B-L
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD10A-D F39-JD0310BA
Emitter: 5 m
Receiver: 3 m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD5B-L
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD3A-D F39-JD0503BA
Emitter: 5 m
Receiver: 7 m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD5B-L
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD7A-D F39-JD0507BA
Emitter: 5 m
Receiver: 10 m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD5B-L
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD10A-D F39-JD0510BA
Emitter: 10 m
Receiver: 3 m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD10B-L
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD3A-D F39-JD1003BA
Emitter: 10 m
Receiver: 7 m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD10B-L
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD7A-D F39-JD1007BA
Emitter: 10 m
Receiver: 10 m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD10B-L
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD10A-D F39-JD1010BA
Brown
Blue
Gray
Pink
White
Red
Black
Yellow
Blue
Gray
Pink
White
Red
Black
Yellow
2
7
5
6
1
8
3
4
Brown
5
8
4
3
2
1
7
65
8
6
7
1
2
3
4
2
7
5
6
1
8
3
4
Female Male
Connected to Power Cable
or Double-Ended Cable
Connected to Single-Ended Cable, or
Double-Ended Cable
Shield Shield
Connected to Power Cable
or Double-Ended Cable
Connected to Single-Ended Cable, or
Double-Ended Cable
Brown
Blue
Gray
Pink
White
Red
Black
Yellow
Blue
Gray
Pink
White
Red
Black
Yellow
2
7
5
6
1
8
3
4
Brown
5
8
4
3
2
1
7
65
8
6
7
1
2
3
4
2
7
5
6
1
8
3
4
Female Male
Shield Shield
For emitter M12 connector (8-pin), Color: Gray
For receiver, M12 connector(8-pin) Color: Black
IP67* rated when mated.
*When the accessory is used, protect it from cutting oil.
Emitter
Receiver
Cable is gray F39-JD@B-L (Gray) F39-JD@A-L (Gray)
Double-Ended Cable
F39-JD@B
Single-Ended Cable
F39-JD@A
Cable is black F39-JD@B-D (Black) F39-JD@A-D (Black)
<Connection example>
F3SG-RR
Emitter
F3SG-RR
Receiver
F39-CN5
Reduced Wiring Connector
F39-JD@A-D
Single-Ended
Cable (Black)
F39-JD@B-L
Double-Ended
Cable (Gray)
F3SG-RR
48
Cascading Cable (2 cables per set, one for emitter and one for receiver)
Note: The Double-Ended Cable (up to 10 m: F39-JD10B) can be added to extend the cable length between the series-connected sensors.
Cable length between sensors: 10 m max. (not including cascading cable (F39-JGR2WTS) and power cable)
Sensor Mounting Brackets
*1. Protective height of 0240 to 1200 mm: 2 sets, Protective height of 1280 to 1920 mm: 3 sets
*2. Use the Top/Bottom Bracket in combination with the Intermediate Bracket.
Protective height of 1040 or less: The Intermediate Bracket is not required. Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Brackets (F39-LGRTB(-2/-3)).
Protective height of 1120 to 1920:Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Brackets (F39-LGRTB(-2/-3)) and 1 set of Intermediate Brackets (F39-
LGRA).
Appearance Type
Cable length
Specifications Model
Cap (8-pin), M12
connector (8-pin) 0.2 m F39-JGR2WTS
Appearance Specifications Application Model
Free-Location Bracket
(Intermediate Bracket)
Beam alignment after mounting possible. The angle
adjustment range is ±15°.
Side mounting and backside mounting possible.
(Sold separately as a set of 2 brackets. Refer to note *1
for the number of sets required for each model.)
F39-LGRA
Top/Bottom Bracket *2
Use this bracket at the top and bottom positions of the
F3SG-RR. Beam alignment after mounting possible. The
angle adjustment range is ±22.5°.
Side mounting and backside mounting possible.
(Sold separately as a set of 4 brackets.)
F39-LGRTB
Top/Bottom Bracket *2 The part of this bracket to contact with a wall surface has
a different shape from the F39-LGRTB Top/Bottom
Bracket.
Use this bracket when replacing an existing safety light
curtain with the F3SG-RR.
(Sold separately as a set of 4 brackets.)
Select a bracket that fit into the existing mounting hole.
F39-LGRTB-2
Top/Bottom Bracket *2 F39-LGRTB-3
IP67* rated when mated.
*
When the accessory is used, protect it from cutting oil.
Secondary
sensor 1
(Emitter)
Secondary
sensor 1
(Receiver)
Primary
sensor
(Emitter)
Primary
sensor
(Receiver)
Cascading Cable
F39-JGR2WTS
Cable
F39-JD@A-D
Cable
F39-JD@A-L
Cable is black F39-JD@B-D (Black)
Cable is black
Remove the cap
Double-Ended Cable
F39-JD@B
Cascading Cable
F39-JGR2WTS
Cable is gray
F39-JD@B-L (Gray)
Cable is gray
Remove the cap
Emitter
Receiver
Emitter
Receiver
F3SG-RR
49
F3SG-RR
Interface units and configuration tool SD Manager 2 *
*When the accessory is used, protect it from cutting oil.
Lamp *
*When the accessory is used, protect it from cutting oil.
End Cap *1 *2
*1. This accessory can also be used with the F3SG-RA.
*2. When the accessory is used, protect it from cutting oil.
Laser Pointer for F3SG-R *
*When the accessory is used, protect it from cutting oil.
Test Rod
Appearance Type Specifications Model
SD Manager 2
The Configuration Tool SD Manager 2 is
available to download from our website at
http://www.ia.omron.com/f3sg-r_tool
−
Interface Unit
F39-GIF-1 interface unit to connect the F3SG-RR
receiver to a USB port of the PC
Accessories:
F39-CN1 Branch Connector (1),
Connector Cap (1),
2-m Dedicated Cable (1),
Instruction Manual
F39-GIF-1
Bluetooth
Communication Unit
F39-BT bluetooth unit to enable bluetooth on the
F3SG-RR
IP67 rated when mated.
F39-BT
Appearance Type Specifications Model
Lamp The lamp unit can be connected to a receiver and
turned ON based on the operation of F3SG-RA/RR.
The lamp can indicate red, orange, and green colors,
to which three different states can be assigned.
IP67 rated when mated.
F39-LP
Lamp and Bluetooth
Communication Unit F39-BTLP
Appearance Specifications Model
Housing color: Black
For both emitter and receiver
(Attached to the F3SG-RR. The End Cap can be purchased if lost.)
IP67 rated when mated.
F39-CNM
Appearance Specifications Model
The laser pointer is attached on the optical surface of the F3SG-R to help coarse
adjustment of beams. F39-PTG
Diameter Model
14 mm dia. F39-TRD14
25 mm dia. F39-TRD25
F3SG-RR
50
Ratings and Specifications
Main unit
The @@@@ in the model names indicate the protective heights in millimeters.
F3SG-4RR-14 F3SG-4RR-25
Performance
Object Resolution
(Detection Capability)
Opaque objects
14-mm dia. 25-mm dia.
Beam Gap 10 mm 20 mm
Number of Beams 23 to 191 12 to 96
Lens Size 5.2 × 3.4 (W × H) mm 6.0 × 5.0 (W × H) mm
Protective Height 240 to 1920 mm
Operating Range 0.3 to 10.0 m 0.3 to 17.0 m
Response Time
ON to OFF Normal mode: 8 to 18 ms *1
Slow mode: 16 to 36 ms *1 *2
OFF to ON Normal mode: 40 to 90ms (synchronized), 140 to 190ms (not synchronized) *1
*1. Response time when used in one segment system or in cascaded connection.
Refer to page 52.
*2. Selectable by Configuration Tool.
Effective Aperture Angle
(EAA) (IEC 61496-2) ±2.5° max., emitter and receiver at operating range of 3 m or greater
Light Source Infrared LEDs, Wavelength: 870 nm
Startup Waiting Time 2 s max.
Electrical
Power Supply Voltage (Vs) SELV/PELV 24 VDC±20% (ripple p-p 10% max.)
Current Consumption Refer to page 52 .
Safety Outputs (OSSD)
Two PNP or NPN transistor outputs
(PNP or NPN is selectable by Configuration Tool.)
Load current of 300 mA max., Residual voltage of 2 V max. (except for voltage drop due to cable
extension), Capacitive load of 1 μF max., Inductive load of 2.2 H max. *1
Leakage current of 1 mA max. (PNP), 2 mA max. (NPN) *2
*1. The load inductance is the maximum value when the safety output frequently repeats ON and OFF.
When you use the safety output at 4 Hz or less, the usable load inductance becomes larger.
*2. These values must be taken into consideration when connecting elements including a capacitive
load such as a capacitor.
Auxiliary Output
One PNP or NPN transistor output
(PNP or NPN is selectable by Configuration Tool.)
Load current of 100 mA max., Residual voltage of 2 V max .
Output Operation
Mode
Safety Output Light-ON (Safety output is enabled when the receiver receives an emitting signal.)
Auxiliary Output Safety output (Inverted signal output:Enable) (default)
(Cofigurable by Configuration Tool)
Input Voltage
External device
monitoring
input
(Lockout
reset input)
PNP
ON voltage: Vs-3 V to Vs (short circuit current: approx. 6.5 mA) *
OFF voltage: 0 V to 1/2 Vs, or open (short circuit current: approx. 8.0 mA) *
NPN
ON voltage: 0 V to 3 V (short circuit current: approx. 8.0 mA)
OFF voltage: 1/2 Vs to Vs, or open (short circuit current: approx. 6.5 mA) *
Muting
input A/B
PNP
ON voltage: Vs-3 V to Vs (short circuit current: approx. 3.0 mA) *
OFF voltage: 0 V to 1/2 Vs, or open (short circuit current: approx. 5.0 mA) *
NPN
ON voltage: 0 V to 3 V (short circuit current: approx. 5.0 mA)
OFF voltage: 1/2 Vs to Vs, or open (short circuit current: approx. 3.0 mA) *
Test input
24 V Active setting:
ON voltage: 9 V to Vs (short circuit current: approx. 2.5 mA) *
OFF voltage: 0 V to 1.5 V or open (short circuit current: approx. 2.0 mA)
0 V Active setting:
ON voltage: 0 V to 3 V (short circuit current: approx. 2.0 mA)
OFF voltage: 9 V to Vs or open (short circuit current: approx. 2.5 mA) *
* The Vs indicates a supply voltage value in your environment.
Overvoltage Category (IEC 60664-1) II
Indicators Refer to page 54.
Protective Circuit Output short protection, Power supply reverse polarity protection
Insulation Resistance 20 MΩ or higher (500 VDC megger)
Dielectric Strength 1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz (1 min)
Functional
Mutual Interference Prevention
(Scan Code) This function prevents mutual interference in up to two F3SG-RR systems.
Cascade Connection
Number of cascaded segments: 3 max.
Total number of beams: 255 max.
Cable length between sensors: 10 m max.
(not including cascading cable (F39-JGR2WTS) and power cable)
Test Function Self-test (at power-on, and during operation)
External test (light emission stop function by test input)
Safety-Related Functions
Interlock
External device monitoring (EDM)
Pre-reset
Fixed blanking/Floating blanking
Reduced resolution
Muting/Override
Scan code selection
PNP/NPN selection
Response time adjustment
F3SG-RR
51
F3SG-RR
Bluetooth Communication Unit
* It depends on use environment conditions.
Environ-
mental
Ambient
Temperature
Operating -10 to 55°C (14 to 131°F) (non-icing)
Storage -25 to 70°C (-13 to 158°F)
Ambient
Humidity
Operating 35% to 85% (non-condensing)
Storage 35% to 95%
Ambient Illuminance Incandescent lamp: 3,000 Ix max. on receiver surface
Sunlight: 10,000 Ix max. on receiver surface
Degree of Protection
(IEC 60529) IEC 60529: IP65 and IP67, JIS C 0920 Annex 1: IP67G
Vibration Resistance
(IEC 61496-1) 10 to 55 Hz, Multiple amplitude of 0.7 mm, 20 sweeps for all 3 axes
Shock Resistance
(IEC 61496-1) 100 m/s2, 1000 shocks for all 3 axes
Pollution Degree
(IEC 60664-1) Pollution Degree 3
Connec-
tions
Power cable
Type of Connection
M12 connectors: 8-pin emitter and receiver. Cables prewired to the sensors.
IP67 and IP67G (JIS C 0920 Annex 1) * rated when mated.
*F3SG-RR meets the degree of protection when it is correctly connected with an F39-JD@@RA-@
Oil-Resistant cable.
Number of Wires Emitter: 5, Receiver: 8
Cable Length 0.3 m
Cable Diameter 6 mm
Minimum Bending
Radius R36 mm
Cascading cable
Type of Connection M12 connectors: 8-pin emitter and receiver. IP67 rated when mated.
Number of Wires Emitter: 5, Receiver: 8
Cable Length 0.3 m
Cable Diameter 6 mm
Minimum Bending
Radius R5 mm
F39-JD@RA-@
Oil-Resistant cable
- Single-Ended
Cable
Type of Connection
M12 connectors: 8-pin emitter and receiver. Cables prewired to the sensors.
IP67 and IP67G (JIS C 0920 Annex 1)* rated when mated.
* F3SG-RR meets the degree of protection when it is correctly connected with the power cable. The
degree of protection is not satisfied with the part where cable wires are uncovered.
Number of Wires Emitter: 5, Receiver: 8
Cable Length Refer to page 46.
Cable Diameter 6 mm
Minimum Bending
Radius R36 mm
Extension cable
- Single-Ended
Cable (F39-JD@A)
- Double-Ended
Cable (F39-JD@B)
Type of Connection M12 connectors: 8-pin emitter and receiver. IP67 rated when mated.
Number of Wires Emitter: 8, Receiver: 8
Cable Length Refer to page 46 and 47.
Cable Diameter 6.6 mm
Minimum Bending
Radius R36 mm
Extension of Power Cable 100 m max. (Emitter/Receiver)
Material
Material
Housing: Aluminum alloy
Cap: PBT resin
Front window: Acrylic resin
Cable: Fluororesin
FE plate: Stainless steel
Weight Refer to page 52 .
Included Accessories
Safety Precautions, Quick Installation Manual, Troubleshooting
Guide Sticker, Warning Zone Label, End Cap (for switching External
Test Input function)
Conformity
Conforming standards Refer to page 53.
Performance Level (PL)/Safety category PL e/Category 4 (EN ISO 13849-1:2015)
PFHD1.1 × 10-8 (IEC 61508)
Proof test interval TMEvery 20 years (IEC 61508)
SFF 99% (IEC 61508)
HFT 1 (IEC 61508)
Classification Type B (IEC 61508-2)
Communication System Bluetooth Version 3.0
Communication Profile SPP (Serial Port Profile)
Transmission Distance Approx. 10 m max. (Output power: Class 2) *
F3SG-4RR-14 F3SG-4RR-25
F3SG-RR
52
List of Models/Response Time/Current Consumption/Weight
F3SG-4RR@@@@-14
*1. The maximum speed of movement of a test rod up to which the detection capability is maintained is 2.0 m/s.
*2. The response times are values when Scan Code is set at Code B. The response times for Code A are 1 ms shorter than these values.
*3. The net weight is the weight of an emitter and a receiver.
*4. The gross weight is the weight of an emitter, a receiver, included accessories and a package.
F3SG-4RR@@@@-25
*1. The maximum speed of movement of a test rod up to which the detection capability is maintained is 2.0 m/s.
*2. The response times are values when Scan Code is set at Code B. The response times for Code A are 1 ms shorter than these values.
*3. The net weight is the weight of an emitter and a receiver.
*4. The gross weight is the weight of an emitter, a receiver, included accessories and a package.
Model Number
of Beams
Protective
Height
[mm]
(Overall
length)
Response Time [ms] *1 Current
Consumption [mA] Weight [kg]
ON → OFF *2
OFF
(Synchronized)
→ ON
OFF
(Not synchronized)
→ ON
Emitter Receiver Net *3 Gross
*4
F3SG-4RR0240-14 23 240 8 40 140 45 75 0.7 1.5
F3SG-4RR0320-14 31 320 8 40 140 55 75 0.9 1.7
F3SG-4RR0400-14 39 400 8 40 140 60 80 1.1 2.0
F3SG-4RR0480-14 47 480 13 65 165 50 80 1.3 2.3
F3SG-4RR0560-14 55 560 13 65 165 55 80 1.5 2.5
F3SG-4RR0640-14 63 640 13 65 165 60 85 1.7 2.8
F3SG-4RR0720-14 71 720 13 65 165 65 85 1.9 3.1
F3SG-4RR0800-14 79 800 13 65 165 65 90 2.1 3.4
F3SG-4RR0880-14 87 880 13 65 165 70 90 2.4 3.6
F3SG-4RR0960-14 95 960 13 65 165 75 90 2.6 3.9
F3SG-4RR1040-14 103 1040 13 65 165 80 95 2.8 4.2
F3SG-4RR1120-14 111 1120 13 65 165 85 95 3.0 4.4
F3SG-4RR1200-14 119 1200 13 65 165 90 100 3.2 4.7
F3SG-4RR1280-14 127 1280 13 65 165 95 100 3.4 5.0
F3SG-4RR1360-14 135 1360 13 65 165 95 105 3.6 5.3
F3SG-4RR1440-14 143 1440 18 90 190 85 105 3.8 5.5
F3SG-4RR1520-14 151 1520 18 90 190 90 105 4.0 5.8
F3SG-4RR1600-14 159 1600 18 90 190 90 110 4.2 6.1
F3SG-4RR1680-14 167 1680 18 90 190 95 110 4.4 6.3
F3SG-4RR1760-14 175 1760 18 90 190 100 115 4.6 6.6
F3SG-4RR1840-14 183 1840 18 90 190 100 115 4.8 6.9
F3SG-4RR1920-14 191 1920 18 90 190 105 120 5.0 7.2
Model Number
of Beams
Protective
Height
[mm]
(Overall
length)
Response Time [ms] *1 Current
Consumption [mA] Weight [kg]
ON → OFF *2
OFF
(Synchronized)
→ ON
OFF
(Not synchronized)
→ ON
Emitter Receiver Net *3 Gross
*4
F3SG-4RR0240-25 12 240 8 40 140 35 75 0.7 1.6
F3SG-4RR0320-25 16 320 8 40 140 40 75 0.9 1.9
F3SG-4RR0400-25 20 400 8 40 140 45 75 1.1 2.1
F3SG-4RR0480-25 24 480 8 40 140 50 75 1.3 2.4
F3SG-4RR0560-25 28 560 8 40 140 50 75 1.5 2.7
F3SG-4RR0640-25 32 640 8 40 140 55 75 1.7 3.0
F3SG-4RR0720-25 36 720 8 40 140 60 80 1.9 3.2
F3SG-4RR0800-25 40 800 8 40 140 65 80 2.1 3.5
F3SG-4RR0880-25 44 880 13 65 165 50 80 2.3 3.8
F3SG-4RR0960-25 48 960 13 65 165 50 80 2.5 4.0
F3SG-4RR1040-25 52 1040 13 65 165 55 80 2.7 4.3
F3SG-4RR1120-25 56 1120 13 65 165 55 85 2.9 4.6
F3SG-4RR1200-25 60 1200 13 65 165 55 85 3.1 4.9
F3SG-4RR1280-25 64 1280 13 65 165 60 85 3.3 5.1
F3SG-4RR1360-25 68 1360 13 65 165 60 85 3.5 5.4
F3SG-4RR1440-25 72 1440 13 65 165 65 85 3.7 5.7
F3SG-4RR1520-25 76 1520 13 65 165 65 90 3.9 5.9
F3SG-4RR1600-25 80 1600 13 65 165 70 90 4.1 6.2
F3SG-4RR1680-25 84 1680 13 65 165 70 90 4.3 6.5
F3SG-4RR1760-25 88 1760 13 65 165 70 90 4.5 6.7
F3SG-4RR1840-25 92 1840 13 65 165 75 90 4.7 7.0
F3SG-4RR1920-25 96 1920 13 65 165 75 95 4.9 7.3
F3SG-RR
53
F3SG-RR
Legislation and Standards
1. The F3SG-RR does not receive type approval provided by Article 44-2 of the Industrial Safety and Health Act of Japan. When using the F3SG-
RR in Japan as a "safety system for pressing or shearing machines" prescribed in Article 42 of that law, the machine control system must receive
type approval.
2. The F3SG-RR is electro-sensitive protective equipment (ESPE) in accordance with European Union (EU) Machinery Directive Index Annex V,
Item 2.
3. EC/EU Declaration of Conformity
OMRON declares that the F3SG-RR is in conformity with the requirements of the following EC/EU Directives:
Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC
EMC Directive 2014/30/EU
4. Conforming Standards
(1) European standards
EN61496-1 (Type 4 ESPE), EN 61496-2 (Type 4 AOPD), EN61508-1 through -4 (SIL 3), EN ISO 13849-1:2015 (PL e, Category 4)
(2) International standards
IEC61496-1 (Type 4 ESPE), IEC61496-2 (Type 4 AOPD), IEC61508-1 through -4 (SIL 3), ISO 13849-1:2015 (PL e, Category 4)
(3) JIS standards
JIS B 9704-1 (Type 4 ESPE), JIS B 9704-2 (Type 4 AOPD)
(4) North American standards
UL61496-1 (Type 4 ESPE), UL61496-2 (Type 4 AOPD), UL508, UL1998,
CAN/CSA C22.2 No.14, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.0.8
5. Third-Party Certifications
(1) TÜV SÜD
• EC Type-Examination certificate:
EU Machinery Directive, Type 4 ESPE (EN61496-1), Type 4 AOPD (EN 61496-2)
• Certificate:
Type 4 ESPE (EN61496-1), Type 4 AOPD (EN61496-2), EN 61508-1 through -4 (SIL 3), EN ISO 13849-1:2015 (PL e, Category 4)
(2) UL
• UL Listing:
Type 4 and ESPE (UL61496-1), Type 4 AOPD (UL61496-2), UL508, UL1998, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.14, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.0.8
6. Other Standards
The F3SG-RR is designed according to the standards listed below. To make sure that the final system complies with the following standards
and regulations, you are asked to design and use it in accordance with all other related standards, laws, and regulations. If you have any
questions, consult with specialized organizations such as the body responsible for prescribing and/or enforcing machinery safety regulations in
the location where the equipment is to be used.
• European Standards: EN415-4, EN691-1, EN692, EN693, IEC 62046
• U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Standards: OSHA 29 CFR 1910.212
• U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Standards: OSHA 29 CFR 1910.217
• American National Standards: ANSI B11.1 to B11.19
• American National Standards: ANSI/RIA R15.06
• Canadian Standards Association CSA Z142, Z432, Z434
• SEMI Standards SEMI S2
• Japan Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare "Guidelines for Comprehensive Safety Standards of Machinery", Standard Bureau's Notification
No. 0731001 dated July 31, 2007.rms and Conditions Agreement
F3SG-RR
54
Indicator
Emitter
Receiver
Note: TOP, CFG, LOCKOUT, STB and ON/OFF indicators are illuminated when the receiver of the F3SG-RR is in Setting mode.
*1. The EDM indicator is illuminated when the EDM input is in the ON state regardless of the use of the EDM function.
*2. Refer to Safety Light Curtain F3SG-
@
RR Series User's Manual (ManNo.: Z383) for more information of blinking patterns.
Interface Unit
Lamp
Name of Indicator Color Illuminated Blinking
Test TEST Green −External Test is being performed
Operating range LONG Green Always illuminated Lockout state due to Scan code setting error
Power POWER Green Power is ON. Error due to noise
Lockout LOCKOUT Red −Lockout state due to error in emitter
Name of Indicator Color Illuminated Blinking
Top-beam-state TOP Blue The top beam is unblocked Muting/Override state, or Lockout state due to Cap
error or Other sensor error
PNP/NPN mode NPN Green NPN mode is selected −
Response time SLOWGreen Response Time Adjustment is enabled −
Sequence error SEQ Yellow −Sequence error in Muting or Pre-reset mode
Blanking BLANK Green Blanking, Warning Zone or Reduced Resolution is
enabled Blanking Monitoring error
Configuration CFG Green −
Zone measurement being performed by Dynamic
Muting, or Lockout state due to Parameter error
or Cascading Configuration error
Interlock INT-LK Yellow Interlock state Pre-reset mode *2
External device
monitoring EDM Green RESET input is in ON state *1 Lockout state due to EDM error
Internal error INTERNAL Red −Lockout state due to Internal error, or error due
to abnormal power supply or noise
Lockout LOCKOUT Red −Lockout state due to error in receiver
Stable-state STB Green Incident light level is 170% or higher of ON-threshold Safety output is instantaneously turned OFF due to
ambient light or vibration
ON/OFF ON/OFF
Green Safety output is in ON state −
Red Safety output is in OFF state Lockout state due to Safety Output error, or error due
to abnormal power supply or noise
Communication COM Green Synchronization between emitter and receiver is
maintained
Lockout state due to Communication error, or error
due to abnormal power supply or noise
Bottom-beam-state BTM Blue The bottom beam is unblocked Muting/Override state, or Lockout state due to Scan
code setting error
Main Unit PC/AT compatible machine (computer that runs Microsoft Windows)
Operating System (OS) Windows 7 (32-bit/64-bit), Windows 8, 8.1 (32-bit/64-bit), Windows 10 (32-bit/64-bit)
Communication Port USB port ×1
Ambient Temperature Operating: -10 to 55°C, Storage: -30 to 70°C (non-icing and non-condensing)
Ambient Humidity Operating: 35% to 85%, Storage: 35% to 95% (non-condensing)
Item F39-LP
Applicable Sensor F3SG-@RA/RR Series Safety Light Curtain (Receiver)
LED Light Color Red/Green/Orange
Power Supply Voltage 24 VDC±20%, ripple p-p 10% max. (shares sensor’s power supply)
Current Consumption 25 mA max. (shares sensor’s power supply.)
Ambient Temperature Operating: -10 to 55°C, Storage: -25 to 70°C
Ambient Humidity Operating: 35% to 85%, Storage: 35% to 95%
Vibration Resistance 10 to 55 Hz, Multiple amplitude of 0.7 mm, 20 sweeps for all 3 axes
Shock Resistance 100 m/s2 , 1000 shocks for all 3 axes
Degree of Protection IP65 and IP67 (When attached to F3SG)
Type of Connection Connectable to F3SG-RA/RR’s terminal connector
Material Lighting element: PC, Other body parts: PBT
Weight 45 g (when packaged)
F3SG-RR
55
F3SG-RR
Connections (Basic Wiring Diagram)
Standalone F3SG-RR using PNP Outputs
Auto Reset Mode, EDM enabled and PNP Outputs
The following is the example of Muting not used, External Device Monitoring enabled, Auto Reset Mode, PNP outputs and External Test in 24 V
Active (not used).
Settings
Wiring Example
Note: Functional earth connection is unnecessary when you use the F3SG-RR in a general industrial environment where noise
control or stable power supply is considered. However, when you use the F3SG-RR in an environment where there may
be excessive noise from surroundings or stable power supply may be interfered, it is recommended the F3SG-RR be
connected to functional earth.
The wiring examples in later examples do not indicate functional earth. To use functional earth, wire an earth cable
according to the example above. Refer to Safety Light Curtain F3SG-RR Series User's Manual for more information.
Function
Receiver
EDM Enabled (factory default setting) *1
Auto Reset (factory default setting) *1
PNP (factory default setting) *1
Emitter External Test: 24 V Active (End Cap: Black) (factory default setting)
Unblocked
Blocked
Beam state
OSSD
KM1, KM2: Safety relay with forcibly guided contacts (G7SA)
M: Motor
+24 VDC (Brown)
Not used (Yellow) *4
TEST (Black) *2
Not used (White) *4
Not used (Red) *4
Not used (Pink)
Not used (Gray)
0 VDC (Blue)
OSSD 1 (Black)
OSSD 2 (White)
+24 VDC (Brown)
0 VDC (Blue)
AUX (Yellow)
MUTE B (Pink)
MUTE A (Gray)
RESET (Red) *3
Functional Earth
F39-JD@@A-L *5 F39-JD@@A-D *5
KM1
KM2
M
KM1 KM2
KM1
KM2
Power Supply
+24 VDC
0 VDC
Receiver
Emitter
*1.The functions are configurable with Configuration Tool. Refer to Safety Light
Curtain Configuration Tool for Model F3SG (SD Manager 2) User’s Manual
for more information on setting the functions by the Configuration Tool.
*2.Connect the line to 24 V via a test switch (N.O. contact) if External Test is
used.
*3.Also used as EDM input line. Connect a lockout reset switch (N.C. contact)
to this line in series with the KM1 and KM2 if Lockout Reset is used.
*4.The F39-JD@RA-L Single-Ended Cable for Emitter (Oil-Resistant Cable)
does not have the red, white and yellow wires.
*5.For the F39-JD@A-@ Single-Ended Cable, connect the shield line to 0 V.
F3SG-RR
56
Standalone F3SG-RR using NPN Outputs
Auto Reset Mode, EDM enabled and NPN Outputs
The following is the example of Muting not used, External Device Monitoring enabled, Auto Reset Mode, NPN outputs and External Test in 0 V
Active (not used).
Settings
Wiring Example
Note: For the functional earth connection, refer to page 55.
Function
Receiver
EDM Enabled (factory default setting) *1
Auto Reset (factory default setting) *1
NPN *1
Emitter External Test: 0 V Active (End Cap: White)
Unblocked
Blocked
Beam state
OSSD
KM1, KM2: Safety relay with forcibly guided contacts (G7SA)
M: Motor
Not used (Pink)
Not used (Red) *4
Not used (White) *4
Not used (Yellow) *4
TEST (Black) *2
Not used (Gray)
+24 VDC (Brown)
+24 VDC (Brown)
RESET (Red) *3
OSSD 1 (Black)
OSSD 2 (White)
AUX (Yellow)
MUTE A (Gray)
MUTE B (Pink)
0 VDC (Blue)
0 VDC (Blue)
F39-JD@@A-L *5 F39-JD@@A-D *5 KM1
KM2
M
KM1 KM2
KM1
KM2
+24 VDC
Power Supply
0 VDC
Emitter
Receiver
*1.The functions are configurable with Configuration Tool. Refer to Safety
Light Curtain Configuration Tool for Model F3SG (SD Manager 2) User’s
Manual for more information on setting the functions by the Configuration
Tool.
*2.Connect the line to 0 V via a test switch (N.O. contact) if External Test is
used.
*3.Also used as EDM input line. Connect a lockout reset switch (N.C. contact)
to this line in series with the KM1 and KM2 if Lockout Reset is used.
*4.The F39-JD@RA-L Single-Ended Cable for Emitter (Oil-Resistant Cable)
does not have the red, white and yellow wires.
*5.For the F39-JD@A-@ Single-Ended Cable, connect the shield line to 0 V.
F3SG-RR
57
F3SG-RR
Connectable Safety Control Units
The F3SG-RR with PNP output can be connected to the safety control units listed in the table below.
The F3SG-R with NPN output can be connected to the safety control units listed in the table below.
Connectable Safety Control Units (PNP output)
Safety Relay Units Flexible Safety Units Safety Controllers
G9SA-301
G9SA-321-T@
G9SA-501
G9SB-200-B
G9SB-200-D
G9SB-301-B
G9SB-301-D
G9SE-201
G9SE-401
G9SE-221-T@
G9SX-AD322-T
G9SX-ADA222-T
G9SX-BC202
G9SX-GS226-T15
G9SP-N10S
G9SP-N10D
G9SP-N20S
NE0A-SCPU01
NE1A-SCPU01
NE1A-SCPU02
DST1-ID12SL-1
DST1-MD16SL-1
DST1-MRD08SL-1
NX-SIH400
NX-SID800
F3SP-T01
Connectable Safety Control Units (NPN output)
Safety Relay Units
G9SA-301-P
F3SG-RR
58
Input/Output Circuit
Entire Circuit Diagram
The entire circuit diagram of the F3SG-RR is shown below.
The numbers in the circles indicate the connector's pin numbers.
PNP Output
+24 VDC
Brown
Black TEST
Yellow Not used
White Not used
Blue
Brown
Red
White OSSD 2
Pink MUTE B /PC COM (-) *
Gray MUTE A /PC COM (+) *
Black OSSD 1
Yellow AUX
Blue
EDM
circuit
0 VDC
Gray Not used
Pink Not used
Red Not used
Load
Indicator
Emitter
Main Circuit
Test Input
Circuit
Receiver
Main Circuit 2
Receiver
Main Circuit 1
Indicator Load
Load
* This line is used for communication with a PC using the F39-GIF-1 Interface Unit.
F3SG-RR
59
F3SG-RR
NPN Output
Brown
Red
White OSSD 2
Pink
Gray
Black OSSD 1
Yellow AUX
Blue
EDM
circuit
RESET/EDM
MUTE B /
PC COM (-)
*
MUTE A /
PC COM (+)
*
0 VDC
Receiver
Main Circuit 2
Receiver
Main Circuit 1
Indicator
Load
Load
Load
+24 VDC
Brown
Black TEST
Yellow Not used
White Not used
Blue
Gray Not used
Pink Not used
Red Not used
Indicator
Emitter
Main Circuit
Test Input
Circuit
* This line is used for communication with a PC using the F39-GIF-1 Interface Unit.
F3SG-RR
60
Input Circuit Diagram by Function
The input circuit diagrams of by function are shown below.
Emitter
Main
Circuit
+24 VDC
0 VDC
5 V
Short circuit current:
Approx. 2.5 mA
<24 V Active> <0 V Active>
Emitter
Main
Circuit
+24 VDC
0 VDC
5 V
Short circuit current:
Approx. 2.0 mA
Test Input
Receiver
Main
Circuit
+24 VDC
0 VDC
Short circuit current:
Approx. 8 mA
<NPN Output>
<PNP Output>
Receiver
Main
Circuit
+24 VDC
0 VDC
Short circuit current:
Approx. 6.5 mA
Reset/EDM
F3SG-RR
61
F3SG-RR
Dimensions (Unit: mm)
Mounted with Free-Location Brackets (F39-LGRA)
Backside Mounting
*1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
*2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the model of protective height of 0240. In this case, locate this
bracket at half the Dimension C (or at the center of the sensor length).
Dimension C 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension D C-20
Dimension P F3SG-4RR@@@@-14 10
F3SG-4RR@@@@-25 20
Protective height
(C)
Number of Free-Location
Brackets *1 Dimension F
0240 to 1200 2 *2 1000 mm max.
1280 to 1920 3 1000 mm max.
31.4
46.35
(10)
10
P
D
C (Protective height)
150 max.150 max. F
56.5
56.5
150 max.F150 max.
C
3.95
2-M4
2-M4
2-M5 or M6
<Screw: M5 or M6>
2-M5 or M6
38
Free-Location Bracket
(F39-LGRA)
Free-Location Bracket
(F39-LGRA)
26.3
73
6.3
3.95
56.5
50
F3SG-RR
62
Side Mounting
*1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
*2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the model of protective height of 0240. In this case, locate this
bracket at half the Dimension C (or at the center of the sensor length).
Dimension C 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension D C-20
Dimension P F3SG-4RR@@@@-14 10
F3SG-4RR@@@@-25 20
Protective height
(C)
Number of Free-Location
Brackets *1
Dimension F
0240 to 1200 2 *2 1000 mm max.
1280 to 1920 3 1000 mm max.
31.4
(10)10
P
D
F
2-M4
2-M4
38
50
16.3
73
6.3
23.5
56.5
(F39-LGRA)
(F39-LGRA)
46.35
C (Protective height)
150 max.150 max.
2-M5 or M6
2-M5 or M6
Free-Location Bracket
Free-Location Bracket
56.5
56.5
150 max.F150 max.
C
<Screw: M5 or M6>
F3SG-RR
63
F3SG-RR
Mounted with Top/Bottom Brackets (F39-LGRTB) and Intermediate Bracket (F39-LGRA)
Backside Mounting
* The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
Dimension C 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension D C-20
Dimension G C+27.2+N1+N2
Dimension H C+38+N1+N2
Dimension I C+58+N1+N2
Dimension N1 0 to 30
Dimension N2 0 to 13
Dimension P F3SG-4RR@@@@-14 10
F3SG-4RR@@@@-25 20
Protective
height (C)
Number of Top/
Bottom Brackets *
Number of
Intermediate
Brackets *
Dimension F
0240 to 1040 2 0 −
1120 to 1920 2 1 1000 mm max.
31.4
(10) 10
P
D
N1
7.5
N2
46.35
H
I
56.5
C
3.95
F
F
19
5.5
G
19
19
G
56.5
C
3.95
F
H
2-M4
9 dia.
<Screw for Top/Bottom
Bracket: M5>
<Screw for Top/Bottom
Bracket: M8>
4-M5 2-M8
50
2-M4
12
3
38
Intermediate Bracket
(F39-LGRA)
Top/Bottom Bracket
(F39-LGRTB)
Top/Bottom Bracket
(F39-LGRTB)
26.3
73
6.3
3.95
56.5
Backside:2-M4
C (Protective height)
2-M5 or M6 2-M5 or M6
F3SG-RR
64
Side Mounting
* The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
Dimension C 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension D C-20
Dimension G C+27.2+N1+N2
Dimension H C+38+N1+N2
Dimension I C+58+N1+N2
Dimension N1 0 to 30
Dimension N2 0 to 13
Dimension P F3SG-4RR@@@@-14 10
F3SG-4RR@@@@-25 20
Protective
height (C)
Number of Top/
Bottom Brackets *
Number of
Intermediate
Brackets *
Dimension F
0240 to 1040 2 0 −
1120 to 1920 2 1 1000 mm max.
(10) 10
P
D
N1
N2
31.4
3
56.5
C
F
F
19
19
G
56.5
C
F
H
4.15 4.15
2-M4
4-M5 2-M8
16.3
73
6.3
31.4
38
50
I
5.5
4.15
56.5
19
19.35
G
H
(F39-LGRA)
(F39-LGRTB)
(F39-LGRTB)
9 dia.
46.35
2-M4
<Screw for Top/Bottom
Bracket: M5>
<Screw for Top/Bottom
Bracket: M8>
Intermediate Bracket
Top/Bottom Bracket
Top/Bottom Bracket
Backside:2-M4
C (Protective height)
2-M5 or M6 2-M5 or M6
F3SG-RR
65
F3SG-RR
Mounted with Top/Bottom Brackets (F39-LGRTB-2) and Intermediate Bracket (F39-LGRA)
Backside Mounting
* The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
Dimension C 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension D C-20
Dimension G C+51+N1+N2
Dimension H C+54+N1+N2
Dimension I C+88+N1+N2
Dimension J C+106+N1+N2
Dimension N1 0 to 30
Dimension N2 0 to 13
Dimension P F3SG-4RR@@@@-14 10
F3SG-4RR@@@@-25 20
Protective
height (C)
Number of Top/
Bottom Brackets *
Number of
Intermediate
Brackets *
Dimension F
0240 to 1040 2 0 −
1120 to 1920 2 1 1000 mm max.
(10) 10
P
D
N1
N2
46.35
I
J
23.5
24.5
32
31.4
5.5
6.5
56.5
C
3.95
F
F
20
20
H
56.5
C
3.95
F
I
G
H
20
G
2-M4
9 dia.
4-M5
2-M8
2-M6
50
2-M4
38
3
12
(F39-LGRTB-2)
(F39-LGRA)
(F39-LGRTB-2)
26.3
73
6.3
3.95
56.5
<Screw for Top/Bottom
Bracket: M5>
<Screw for Top/Bottom
Bracket: M6 or M8>
Intermediate Bracket
Top/Bottom Bracket
Top/Bottom Bracket
Backside:2-M4
C(Protective height)
2-M5 or M6 2-M5 or M6
F3SG-RR
66
Side Mounting
* The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
Dimension C 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension D C-20
Dimension G C+51+N1+N2
Dimension H C+54+N1+N2
Dimension I C+88+N1+N2
Dimension J C+106+N1+N2
Dimension N1 0 to 30
Dimension N2 0 to 13
Dimension P F3SG-4RR@@@@-14 10
F3SG-4RR@@@@-25 20
Protective
height (C)
Number of Top/
Bottom Brackets *
Number of
Intermediate
Brackets *
Dimension F
0240 to 1040 2 0 −
1120 to 1920 2 1 1000 mm max.
31.4
(10)10
P
D
N1
N2
56.5
C
F
F
20
20
H
56.5
C
F
I
G
3
4.15 4.15
2-M4
4-M5
2-M8
2-M6
16.3
73
6.3
I
J
24.5
23.5
32
38
5.5
6.5
4.15
56.5
G
H
20
19.35
F39-LGRTB-2
(F39-LGRA)
(F39-LGRTB-2)
9 dia.
46.35
2-M4
<Screw for Top/Bottom
Bracket: M5> <Screw for Top/Bottom
Bracket: M6 or M8>
Intermediate Bracket
Top/Bottom Bracket
Top/Bottom Bracket
Backside:2-M4
C(Protective height)
2-M5 or M6 2-M5 or M6
50
F3SG-RR
67
F3SG-RR
Mounted with Top/Bottom Brackets (F39-LGRTB-3) and Intermediate Bracket (F39-LGRA)
Backside Mounting
* The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
Dimension C 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension D C-20
Dimension G C+39.5+N1+N2
Dimension H C+65+N1+N2
Dimension I C+84+N1+N2
Dimension N1 0 to 30
Dimension N2 0 to 13
Dimension P F3SG-4RR@@@@-14 10
F3SG-4RR@@@@-25 20
Protective
height (C)
Number of Top/
Bottom Brackets *
Number of
Intermediate
Brackets *
Dimension F
0240 to 1040 2 0 −
1120 to 1920 2 1 1000 mm max.
31.4
(10)10
P
D
N1
N2
46.35
I
35
23.2
26.5
6.5
8.2
56.5
C
3.95
F
F
G
19
G
56.5
C
3.95
F
H
H
2-M4
2-M8
50
2-M4
38
4
(F39-LGRA)
(F39-LGRTB-3)
(F39-LGRTB-3)
26.3
73
6.3
3.95
56.5
<Screw for Top/Bottom
Bracket: M5 or M6>
<Screw for Top/Bottom
Bracket: M8>
Intermediate Bracket
Top/Bottom Bracket
Top/Bottom Bracket
Backside:2-M4
C (Protective height)
2-M5 or M6 2-M5 or M6
2-M5 or M6
F3SG-RR
68
Side Mounting
* The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
Dimension C 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension D C-20
Dimension G C+39.5+N1+N2
Dimension H C+65+N1+N2
Dimension I C+84+N1+N2
Dimension N1 0 to 30
Dimension N2 0 to 13
Dimension P F3SG-4RR@@@@-14 10
F3SG-4RR@@@@-25 20
Protective
height (C)
Number of Top/
Bottom Brackets *
Number of
Intermediate
Brackets *
Dimension F
0240 to 1040 2 0 −
1120 to 1920 2 1 1000 mm max.
(10)10
P
D
N1
N2
31.4
4
56.5
C
F
F
G
56.5
C
F
H
4.15 4.15
2-M4
2-M8
16.3
73
6.3
38
50
I
26.5
23.2
35
8.2
6.5
4.15
56.5
19.35
G
H
(F39-LGRA)
(F39-LGRTB-3)
(F39-LGRTB-3)
46.95
2-M4
<Screw for Top/Bottom
Bracket: M5 or M6>
<Screw for Top/Bottom
Bracket: M8>
Intermediate Bracket
Top/Bottom Bracket
Top/Bottom Bracket
Backside:2-M4
C (Protective height)
2-M5 or M6
2-M5 or M6
2-M5 or M6
F3SG-RR
69
F3SG-RR
Accessories
Sensor Mounting Brackets
Free-Location Bracket / Intermediate Bracket
(F39-LGRA, sold separately)
Top/Bottom Bracket
(F39-LGRTB, sold separately)
Top/Bottom Bracket
(F39-LGRTB-2, sold separately)
Top/Bottom Bracket
(F39-LGRTB-3, sold separately)
56.5
26.7
73
43.7
6.3
13
26.3
2-M4
26.5
56.5
13
6.3
38.5
12
Material: Zinc alloy
Material: Stainless steel
19
15.4
24
10.8
930
18 15
109
29
10
31.4
5.5
7.5
9 dia.
2-M4
46.65
3
15.3
12
9
4.8
2-M4
Top/Bottom
Bracket (1)
Top/Bottom
Bracket (2)
Top/Bottom
Bracket (3)
27.5
26
20
30 9
24
10.8
1518
133
53
9
23.5
24.5
5.5
6.5 9 dia.
2-M4
Material: Stainless steel
3
46.65
4.8
12
9
15.3
2-M4
Top/Bottom
Bracket (1)
Top/Bottom
Bracket (2)
Top/Bottom
Bracket (4)
22.25
9.5
24
30 9
10.8
1518
122
42
8.2
6.5
23.2
26.5
2-M4
Material: Stainless steel
48.25
4
4.8
9
12
15.3
2-M4
Top/Bottom
Bracket (1)
Top/Bottom
Bracket (2)
Top/Bottom
Bracket (5)
F3SG-RR
70
Safety light curtain connecting cable
Single-Ended Cable for Emitter (Oil-Resistant Cable) (F39-JD@RA-L, sold separately)
Single-Ended Cable for Receiver (Oil-Resistant Cable) (F39-JD@RA-D, sold separately)
Single-Ended Cable for Emitter (F39-JD@A-L, sold separately)
Single-Ended Cable for Receiver (F39-JD@A-D, sold separately)
Double-Ended Cable for Emitter: Cable for extension (F39-JD@B-L, sold separately)
Fluororesin-insulated round cable dia. 6, 5-wire
(Cross section of conductor: 0.35 mm2(AWG22) / insulator diameter: dia. 1.13 mm)
M12 oil-resistant
connector
40.7
L
14.9 dia.
L
40.7
Fluororesin-insulated round cable dia. 6, 8-wire
(Cross section of conductor: 0.35 mm
2
(AWG22) / insulator diameter: dia. 1.13 mm)
M12 oil-resistant
connector
14.9 dia.
Emitter cable (Gray)
Receiver cable (Black)
L (m)
F39-JD3RA-L F39-JD3RA-D 3
F39-JD7RA-L F39-JD7RA-D 7
39.5 L
φ1 5
M12 IP67 connector
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, shielded
8-wire (4-pair) (Cross section of conductor: 0.3mm2(AWG22) /
insulator diameter: dia. 1.15mm)
39.5 L
φ1 5
M12 IP67 connector
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, shielded
8-wire (4-pair) (Cross section of conductor: 0.3mm2(AWG22) /
insulator diameter: dia. 1.15mm)
Emitter cable (Gray)
Receiver cable (Black)
L (m)
F39-JD3A-L F39-JD3A-D 3
F39-JD7A-L F39-JD7A-D 7
F39-JD10A-L F39-JD10A-D 10
F39-JD15A-L F39-JD15A-D 15
F39-JD20A-L F39-JD20A-D 20
39.5 L 43
M12
15 dia.
M12 IP67 connector
Body color: Black
Body color: Black
M12 IP67 connector Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, shielded
8-wire (4-pair) (Cross section of conductor: 0.3mm
2
(AWG22) /
Insulator diameter: 1.15mm)
15 dia.
F3SG-RR
71
F3SG-RR
Double-Ended Cable for Receiver: Cable for extension (F39-JD@B-D, sold separately)
Cascading Cable for Emitter (F39-JGR2WTS-L, sold separately)
Cascading Cable for Receiver (F39-JGR2WTS-D, sold separately)
Emitter cable (Gray)
Receiver cable (Black)
L (m)
F39-JDR5B-L F39-JDR5B-D 0.5
F39-JD1B-L F39-JD1B-D 1
F39-JD3B-L F39-JD3B-D 3
F39-JD5B-L F39-JD5B-D 5
F39-JD7B-L F39-JD7B-D 7
F39-JD10B-L F39-JD10B-D 10
F39-JD15B-L F39-JD15B-D 15
F39-JD20B-L F39-JD20B-D 20
Set model name Emitter cable (Gray) Receiver cable (Black) L (m)
F39-JGR2WTS F39-JGR2WTS-L F39-JGR2WTS-D 0.2
39.5 L 43
M12
15 dia.
Body color: Black
Body color: Black
M12 IP67 connector
M12 IP67 connector
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, shielded
8-wire (4-pair) (Cross section of conductor: 0.3mm2(AWG22) /
Insulator diameter: 1.15mm)
15 dia.
24.7
12
13.6 13.6
8 dia. (SPOT FACING 2)
4.5 dia.
(52)
32.1 10
17.7
18
Reduced Wiring Connector
(F39-CN5, sold separately)
200
40.7
6 dia.
23.4
10
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6 mm, 5-wire
(Cross section of conductor: 0.15 mm
2
(AWG26) /
Insulator diameter: dia. 1 mm)
M12 IP67 connector
24.2
M2.5 screw
Connector
14.9 dia.
200
14.9 dia.
40.7
6 dia.
23.4
10
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6 mm, 8-wire
(Cross section of conductor: 0.15 mm
2
(AWG26) /
Insulator diameter: dia. 1 mm)
Connector
M12 IP67 connector
24.2
M2.5 screw
F3SG-RR
72
Interface Unit (F39-GIF-1, sold separately)
Bluetooth Communication Unit
(F39-BT, sold separately)
Lamp and Bluetooth Communication Unit
(F39-BTLP, sold separately)
Lamp (F39-LP, sold separately)
Related Manuals
67.9
35.8(16)(12)
(625.7)
(46)
Insulated vinyl round cable 4.6 dia.
Standard length: 0.5 m
(11.8)
58
17.5 dia.
4.6 dia.
2,000
14.5
7.7
11
24.7
12
13.6 13.6
8 dia. (SPOT FACING 2)
4.5 dia.
(52)
32.1 10
17.7
18
16.5
31.4
30 38
35
1.8
Material: PBT
31.4
30 38
35
28
1.8
Material:
PC (Lighting element)
PBT (Other body parts)
ManNo. Model Manual name
Z383 F3SG-@RR@@@@@@@@@@@@ Safety Light Curtain F3SG-@RR Series User's Manual
73
F3SG-RE
Safety Light Curtain Easy type
F3SG-RE
Easy-to-use Safety Sensor Ideal for
Simple On/Off Detection Applications
• Provides simple safety functions - saving TCO
by reducing errors
• Simple wiring with only 4 wires
• Fast response time of 5 ms
System Configuration
F39-HGB@@@@
Spatter Protection Cover
(for F3SG-RE)
F39-PTG
Laser Pointer
Accessory
Emitter Receiver
XS5W-D421-@81-F
Double-Ended Cable
XS5F-D421-@80-F
Single-Ended Cable
or
F39-LGF
Standard Fixed Bracket
(included as standard)
F39-LGA
Standard Adjustable
Bracket
F39-LGTB
F39-LGTB-1
Top/Bottom Adjustable
Bracket
Mounting bracket
F39-GCNY1
XS5W-D421-@81-F
XS5F-D421-@80-F
Reduced wiring connector system
NX/NE1A-series
Safety Network Controller
G9SP-series
Safety Controller
G9SE/G9SA-series
Safety Relay Unit
G9SX-series
Flexible Safety Unit
G7SA/G7S-E
Relays with Forcibly
Guided Contacts
Recommended safety controller *
* The recommended safety controller is required to
build a safety circuit using emergency stop
switches and door switches.
Accessory
T
F39-GCNY1
Receiver
Emitter
XS5W-D421-@81-F
XS5F-D421-@80-F
F3SG-RE
74
Ordering Information
Main Units
Safety Light Curtain
Finger protection
Hand and arm protection
Number of beams Protective height
(mm)
Model
PNP output NPN output
15 160 F3SG-4RE0160P14 F3SG-4RE0160N14
23 240 F3SG-4RE0240P14 F3SG-4RE0240N14
31 320 F3SG-4RE0320P14 F3SG-4RE0320N14
39 400 F3SG-4RE0400P14 F3SG-4RE0400N14
47 480 F3SG-4RE0480P14 F3SG-4RE0480N14
55 560 F3SG-4RE0560P14 F3SG-4RE0560N14
63 640 F3SG-4RE0640P14 F3SG-4RE0640N14
71 720 F3SG-4RE0720P14 F3SG-4RE0720N14
79 800 F3SG-4RE0800P14 F3SG-4RE0800N14
87 880 F3SG-4RE0880P14 F3SG-4RE0880N14
95 960 F3SG-4RE0960P14 F3SG-4RE0960N14
103 1,040 F3SG-4RE1040P14 F3SG-4RE1040N14
111 1,120 F3SG-4RE1120P14 F3SG-4RE1120N14
119 1,200 F3SG-4RE1200P14 F3SG-4RE1200N14
127 1,280 F3SG-4RE1280P14 F3SG-4RE1280N14
135 1,360 F3SG-4RE1360P14 F3SG-4RE1360N14
143 1,440 F3SG-4RE1440P14 F3SG-4RE1440N14
151 1,520 F3SG-4RE1520P14 F3SG-4RE1520N14
159 1,600 F3SG-4RE1600P14 F3SG-4RE1600N14
167 1,680 F3SG-4RE1680P14 F3SG-4RE1680N14
175 1,760 F3SG-4RE1760P14 F3SG-4RE1760N14
183 1,840 F3SG-4RE1840P14 F3SG-4RE1840N14
191 1,920 F3SG-4RE1920P14 F3SG-4RE1920N14
199 2,000 F3SG-4RE2000P14 F3SG-4RE2000N14
207 2,080 F3SG-4RE2080P14 F3SG-4RE2080N14
Number of beams Protective height
(mm)
Model
PNP NPN
8190F3SG-4RE0190P30 F3SG-4RE0190N30
12 270 F3SG-4RE0270P30 F3SG-4RE0270N30
16 350 F3SG-4RE0350P30 F3SG-4RE0350N30
20 430 F3SG-4RE0430P30 F3SG-4RE0430N30
24 510 F3SG-4RE0510P30 F3SG-4RE0510N30
28 590 F3SG-4RE0590P30 F3SG-4RE0590N30
32 670 F3SG-4RE0670P30 F3SG-4RE0670N30
36 750 F3SG-4RE0750P30 F3SG-4RE0750N30
40 830 F3SG-4RE0830P30 F3SG-4RE0830N30
44 910 F3SG-4RE0910P30 F3SG-4RE0910N30
48 990 F3SG-4RE0990P30 F3SG-4RE0990N30
52 1,070 F3SG-4RE1070P30 F3SG-4RE1070N30
56 1,150 F3SG-4RE1150P30 F3SG-4RE1150N30
60 1,230 F3SG-4RE1230P30 F3SG-4RE1230N30
64 1,310 F3SG-4RE1310P30 F3SG-4RE1310N30
68 1,390 F3SG-4RE1390P30 F3SG-4RE1390N30
72 1,470 F3SG-4RE1470P30 F3SG-4RE1470N30
76 1,550 F3SG-4RE1550P30 F3SG-4RE1550N30
80 1,630 F3SG-4RE1630P30 F3SG-4RE1630N30
84 1,710 F3SG-4RE1710P30 F3SG-4RE1710N30
88 1,790 F3SG-4RE1790P30 F3SG-4RE1790N30
92 1,870 F3SG-4RE1870P30 F3SG-4RE1870N30
96 1,950 F3SG-4RE1950P30 F3SG-4RE1950N30
100 2,030 F3SG-4RE2030P30 F3SG-4RE2030N30
104 2,110 F3SG-4RE2110P30 F3SG-4RE2110N30
108 2,190 F3SG-4RE2190P30 F3SG-4RE2190N30
112 2,270 F3SG-4RE2270P30 F3SG-4RE2270N30
116 2,350 F3SG-4RE2350P30 F3SG-4RE2350N30
120 2,430 F3SG-4RE2430P30 F3SG-4RE2430N30
124 2,510 F3SG-4RE2510P30 F3SG-4RE2510N30
F3SG-RE
75
F3SG-RE
Accessories (Sold separately)
Safety light curtain connecting cable
Single-Ended Cable (Round Water-resistant Connector: Connector Connected to Cable, Socket on One Cable End)
Note: 1. One cable that can be used for both emitter and receiver is provided. Order two cables for one set of safety light curtains.
2. To extend the cable length to 20 m or more, add the XS5W-D421-@81-F Double-Ended Cable.
Double-Ended Cable (Round Water-resistant Connector: Connectors Connected to Cable, Socket and Plug on Cable Ends)
For cable extension and simple wiring
Note: 1. One cable that can be used for both emitter and receiver is provided. Order two cables for one set of safety light curtains.
2. To extend the cable length to more than 20 m, add the XS5W-D421-@81-F Double-Ended Cable to the XS5F-D421-@80-F Single-Ended
Cable.
To extend the cable length to more than 40 m, add several Double-Ended Cables to the Single-Ended Cable.
Example: To extend the cable length to 50 m, connect two XS5W-D421-L81-F (20 m) cables and one XS5F-D421-J80-F (10 m) cable.
Y-Joint Plug/Socket Connector for Easy type F3SG-RE
Appearance Type
Cable length
Specifications Model
M12 connector
(4-pin), 4 wires
1 m XS5F-D421-C80-F
2 m XS5F-D421-D80-F
3 m XS5F-D421-E80-F
5 m XS5F-D421-G80-F
10 m XS5F-D421-J80-F
20 m XS5F-D421-L80-F
Appearance Type
Cable length
Specifications Model
M12 connector
(4-pin) on both
ends
1 m XS5W-D421-C81-F
2 m XS5W-D421-D81-F
3 m XS5W-D421-E81-F
5 m XS5W-D421-G81-F
10 m XS5W-D421-J81-F
20 m XS5W-D421-L81-F
Appearance Type
Cable length
Specifications Model
M12 connectors.
Used for reduced
wiring.
0.5 m
When using the reduced wiring connector system F39-GCNY1,
the Operating Range Selection is fixed to Long Mode.
F39-GCNY1
2
1
4
3
Female
1
2
3
4
+24 VDC
Range setting
0 VDC
Not used
+24 VDC
OSSD 2
0 VDC
OSSD 1
Brown
PINEmitter Recelver Color
White
Blue
Black
1
2
3
4
2
1
4
3
Female Male
1
2
3
4
Brown
White
Blue
Black
1
2
3
4
Brown
White
Blue
Black
Emitter
Receiver
Double-Ended Cable
XS5W-D421-@81-F
Single-Ended Cable
XS5F-D421-@80-F
<Connection example>
Single-Ended Cable
XS5F-D421-@80-F
Double-Ended Cable
XS5W-D421-@81-F
Y-Joint Plug/
Socket Connector for Easy type
F39-GCNY1
F3SG-RE
Emitter
F3SG-RE
Receiver
F3SG-RE
76
Sensor Mounting Brackets
*1. [for F3SG-4RE@@@@@14] Protective height of 0160 to 1200: 2 sets, Protective height of 1280 to 2080: 3 sets
[for F3SG-4RE
@@@@@
30] Protective height of 0190 to 1230: 2 sets, Protective height of 1310 to 2270: 3 sets, Protective height of 2350 to 2510: 4 sets
*2. Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket cannot be used with the Standard Fixed Bracket. Use with the Standard Adjustable Bracket.
Using Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets with Standard Adjustable Brackets
F3SG-4RE@@@@@14: Protective height of 1040 or less: The Standard Adjustable Bracket is not required. Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Adjustable
Brackets (F39-LGTB(-1)).
Protective height of 1120 to 1920: Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGTB(-1)) and 1 set of Standard
Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGA).
Protective height of 2000 to 2080: Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGTB(-1)) and 2 sets of Standard
Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGA).
F3SG-4RE@@@@@30: Protective height of 1070 or less: The Standard Adjustable Bracket is not required. Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Adjustable
Brackets (F39-LGTB(-1)).
Protective height of 1150 to 1950: Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGTB(-1)) and 1 set of Standard
Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGA).
Protective height of 2030 to 2510: Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGTB(-1)) and 2 sets of Standard
Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGA).
Laser Pointer for F3SG-R
Appearance Specification Application Model
Standard
Fixed Bracket
Bracket to mount the F3SG-R.
Side mounting and backside mounting possible.
(This is included as a standard accessory with the product. It
comes as a set of two Brackets. Refer to note *1 for the number
of sets provided with each model.)
F39-LGF
Standard
Adjustable Bracket
Bracket to mount the F3SG-R.
Beam alignment after mounting possible.
The angle adjustment range is ±15°.
Side mounting and backside mounting possible.
(Sold separately as a set of two Brackets. Refer to note *1 for the
number of sets required for each model.)
F39-LGA
Top/Bottom
Adjustable Bracket *2
Bracket to mount the F3SG-R. Use this bracket at the top and
bottom positions of the F3SG-R.
Beam alignment after mounting possible.
The angle adjustment range is ±22.5°.
Side mounting and backside mounting possible.
(Sold separately. 4 brackets per set.)
F39-LGTB
Top/Bottom
Adjustable Bracket *2
(For user-made
mounting part)
Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket without a bracket to mount to the
wall. Use the user's own wall mounting part to suit the machine.
(Sold separately. 4 brackets per set.)
F39-LGTB-1
Appearance Specifications Model
The laser pointer is attached on the optical surface of the F3SG-R
to help coarse adjustment of beams. F39-PTG
F3SG-RE
77
F3SG-RE
Spatter Protection Cover (2 covers per set, one for emitter and one for receiver)
Spatter Protection Covers include the mounting brackets.
For Safety Light Curtain models of the protective height of 2,000 mm or longer, use two Spatter Protection Covers of different lengths.
Note: The operating range of the Safety Light Curtain attached with the product is 10% shorter than the rating.
Test Rod
Ratings/Specifications
Main unit
The @@@@ in the model names indicate the protective heights in millimeters.
Appearance Safety Light Curtain Model Model
Finger protection Hand and arm protection
F3SG-4RE0160@14 F3SG-4RE0190@30 F39-HGB0180
F3SG-4RE0240@14 F3SG-4RE0270@30 F39-HGB0260
F3SG-4RE0320@14 F3SG-4RE0350@30 F39-HGB0340
F3SG-4RE0400@14 F3SG-4RE0430@30 F39-HGB0420
F3SG-4RE0480@14 F3SG-4RE0510@30 F39-HGB0500
F3SG-4RE0560@14 F3SG-4RE0590@30 F39-HGB0580
F3SG-4RE0640@14 F3SG-4RE0670@30 F39-HGB0660
F3SG-4RE0720@14 F3SG-4RE0750@30 F39-HGB0740
F3SG-4RE0800@14 F3SG-4RE0830@30 F39-HGB0820
F3SG-4RE0880@14 F3SG-4RE0910@30 F39-HGB0900
F3SG-4RE0960@14 F3SG-4RE0990@30 F39-HGB0980
F3SG-4RE1040@14 F3SG-4RE1070@30 F39-HGB1060
F3SG-4RE1120@14 F3SG-4RE1150@30 F39-HGB1140
F3SG-4RE1200@14 F3SG-4RE1230@30 F39-HGB1220
F3SG-4RE1280@14 F3SG-4RE1310@30 F39-HGB1300
F3SG-4RE1360@14 F3SG-4RE1390@30 F39-HGB1380
F3SG-4RE1440@14 F3SG-4RE1470@30 F39-HGB1460
F3SG-4RE1520@14 F3SG-4RE1550@30 F39-HGB1540
F3SG-4RE1600@14 F3SG-4RE1630@30 F39-HGB1620
F3SG-4RE1680@14 F3SG-4RE1710@30 F39-HGB1700
F3SG-4RE1760@14 F3SG-4RE1790@30 F39-HGB1780
F3SG-4RE1840@14 F3SG-4RE1870@30 F39-HGB1860
F3SG-4RE1920@14 F3SG-4RE1950@30 F39-HGB1940
F3SG-4RE2000@14 F3SG-4RE2030@30 F39-HGB1460
F39-HGA0550
F3SG-4RE2080@14 F3SG-4RE2110@30 F39-HGB1540
F39-HGA0550
−F3SG-4RE2190@30 F39-HGB1620
F39-HGA0550
−F3SG-4RE2270@30 F39-HGB1700
F39-HGA0550
−F3SG-4RE2350@30 F39-HGB1780
F39-HGA0550
−F3SG-4RE2430@30 F39-HGB1860
F39-HGA0550
−F3SG-4RE2510@30 F39-HGB1940
F39-HGA0550
Diameter Model
14 mm dia. F39-TRD14
30 mm dia. F39-TRD30
F3SG-4RE@@@@-14, F3SG-2RE@@@@-14 F3SG-4RE@@@@-30, F3SG-2RE@@@@-30
Perfor-
mance
Type of ESPE
(IEC 61496-1)
Type 4 F3SG-4RE@@@@@14/30
Type 2 F3SG-2RE@@@@@14/30
Object Resolution
(Detection Capability)
Opaque objects
14-mm dia. 30-mm dia.
Beam Gap 10mm 20mm
Number of Beams 15 to 207 8 to 124
Lens Size 5.2 ×3.4 (W×H) mm 7-mm dia.
Protective Height 160 to 2080 mm (6.3 to81.9 inch) 190 to 2510 mm (7.3 to98.7 inch)
Operating Range Long 0.3 to 10.0 m (1 to 32 ft.) 0.3 to 20.0 m (1 to 65 ft.)
Short 0.3 to 3.0 m (1 to 10 ft.) 0.3 to 7.0 m (1 to 23 ft.)
Response Time
ON to OFF 5 to 15ms *1
OFF to ON 25 to 75ms *1
*1.Response time when used in one segment system
Refer to page 79.
Effective Aperture
Angle (EAA)
(IEC61496-2)
Type 4 ±2.5° max., emitter and receiver at operating range of 3 m or greater
Type 2 ±5.0° max., emitter and receiver at operating range of 3 m or greater
F3SG-RE
78
Perfor-
mance
Light Source Infrared LEDs, Wavelength: 870 nm
Startup Waiting Time 2 s max.
Electricall
Power Supply Voltage (Vs) SELV/PELV 24 VDC±20% (ripple p-p 10% max.)
Current Consumption Refer to page 79
Safety Outputs (OSSD)
F3SG-@RE@@@@P@@: Two PNP transistor outputs
F3SG-@RE@@@@N@@: Two NPN transistor outputs
Load current of 300 mA max., Residual voltage of 2 V max. (except for voltage drop due to cable
extension), Capacitive load of 1 μF max., Inductive load of 2.2 H max. *1
Leakage current of 1 mA max. (PNP), 2 mA max. (NPN) *2
*1.The load inductance is the maximum value when the safety output frequently repeats ON and OFF.
When you use the safety output at 4 Hz or less, the usable load inductance becomes larger.
*2.These values must be taken into consideration when connecting elements including a capacitive
load such as a capacitor.
Output Operation
Mode
Safety
Output Light-ON (Safety output is enabled when the receiver receives an emitting signal.)
Input Voltage
ON Voltage Operating Range Select Input:
Long: 9 V to Vs (sink current 3 mA max.) *
Short: 0 to 3 V (source current 3 mA max.)
OFF Voltage
*The Vs indicates a supply voltage value in your environment.
Overvoltage Category (IEC60664-1)
II
Indicators Refer to page 80
Protective Circuit Output short protection, Power supply reverse polarity protection
Insulation Resistance 20 MΩ or higher (500 VDC megger)
Dielectric Strength 1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz (1 min)
Functional
Test Function Self-test (at power-on, and during operation)
Environ-
mental
Ambient
Temperature
Operating -10 to 55°C (14 to 131°F) (non-icing)
Storage -25 to 70°C (-13 to 158°F)
Ambient
Humidity
Operating 35% to 85% (non-condensing)
Storage 35% to 95%
Ambient Illuminance Incandescent lamp: 3,000 Ix max. on receiver surface
Sunlight: 10,000 Ix max. on receiver surface
Degree of Protection (IEC 60529)
IP65 and IP67
Vibration Resistance (IEC 61496-1)
10 to 55 Hz, Multiple amplitude of 0.7 mm, 20 sweeps for all 3 axes
Shock Resistance (IEC 61496-1) 100 m/s2, 1000 shocks for all 3 axes
Pollution Degree (IEC 60664-1) Pollution Degree 3
Connec-
tions
Power cable
Type of Connection
M12 connectors: 4-pin, IP67 rated when mated,Cables prewired to the sensors
Number of Wires
Emitter: 4, Receiver: 4
Cable Length 0.3 m
Cable Diameter
6 mm
Minimum Bend-
ing Radius
R5 mm
Extension cable
- Single-Ended
Cable
- Double-Ended
Cable
Type of Connection
Use the XS5@-D42@ series cables.
Number of Wires
Cable Length
Cable Diameter
Minimum Bend-
ing Radius
Extension of Power Cable 100 m max.
Material
Material
Housing: Aluminum alloy
Cap: PBT resin
Front window: Acrylic resin
Cable: Oil-resistant PVC resin
Standard Fixed Bracket (F39-LGF): Zinc alloy
FE plate: Stainless steel
Weight Refer to page 79.
Included Accessories
Safety Precautions, Quick Installation Manual, Standard Fixed Bracket*1, Troubleshooting Guide
Sticker
*1.The quantity of Standard Fixed Brackets included varies depending on the protective height.
[F3SG-@RE@@@@@14]
- Protective height of 0160 to 1200: 2 sets
- Protective height of 1280 to 2080: 3 sets
[F3SG-@RE@@@@@30]
- Protective height of 0190 to 1230: 2 sets
- Protective height of 1310 to 2270: 3 sets
- Protective height of 2350 to 2510: 4 sets
Conformity
Conforming standards Refer to page 26
Performance Level
(PL)/Safety category
Type 4 PL e/Category 4 (EN ISO 13849-1:2015)
Type 2 PL c/Category 2 (EN ISO 13849-1:2015)
PFHD9.1 × 10-9 (IEC 61508)
Proof test interval TMEvery 20 years (IEC 61508)
SFF 99% (IEC 61508)
HFT 1 (IEC 61508)
Classification Type B (IEC 61508-2)
F3SG-4RE@@@@-14, F3SG-2RE@@@@-14 F3SG-4RE@@@@-30, F3SG-2RE@@@@-30
F3SG-RE
79
F3SG-RE
List of Models/Response Time/Current Consumption/Weight
F3SG-@RE@@@@@-14
*1. The maximum speed of movement of a test rod up to which the detection capability is maintained is 2.0 m/s.
*2. The net weight is the weight of an emitter and a receiver.
*3. The gross weight is the weight of an emitter, a receiver, included accessories and a package.
F3SG-@RE@@@@@30
*1. The maximum speed of movement of a test rod up to which the detection capability is maintained is 2.0 m/s.
*2. The net weight is the weight of an emitter and a receiver.
*3. The gross weight is the weight of an emitter, a receiver, included accessories and a package.
Model
Number
of
Beams
Protective
Height
[mm]
Response Time [ms] *1 Current Consumption [mA] Weight [kg]
ON→OFF
OFF
(Synchronized)
→ON
OFF
(Not synchronized)
→ON
Emitter Receiver Net *2 Gross
*3
F3SG-@RE0160@14 15 160 5 25 125 45 50 0.6 1.9
F3SG-@RE0240@14 23 240 5 25 125 55 55 0.8 2.2
F3SG-@RE0320@14 31 320 7 35 135 55 55 1.0 2.5
F3SG-@RE0400@14 39 400 7 35 135 65 60 1.2 2.9
F3SG-@RE0480@14 47 480 7 35 135 70 60 1.4 3.2
F3SG-@RE0560@14 55 560 7 35 135 80 60 1.6 3.5
F3SG-@RE0640@14 63 640 7 35 135 85 65 1.9 3.8
F3SG-@RE0720@14 71 720 9 45 145 80 65 2.1 4.1
F3SG-@RE0800@14 79 800 9 45 145 85 70 2.3 4.4
F3SG-@RE0880@14 87 880 9 45 145 90 70 2.5 4.7
F3SG-@RE0960@14 95 960 9 45 145 95 75 2.7 5.0
F3SG-@RE1040@14 103 1040 9 45 145 100 75 2.9 5.4
F3SG-@RE1120@14 111 1120 11 55 155 90 75 3.1 5.7
F3SG-@RE1200@14 119 1200 11 55 155 95 80 3.3 6.0
F3SG-@RE1280@14 127 1280 11 55 155 100 80 3.5 6.3
F3SG-@RE1360@14 135 1360 11 55 155 105 85 3.7 6.6
F3SG-@RE1440@14 143 1440 11 55 155 110 85 3.9 6.9
F3SG-@RE1520@14 151 1520 13 65 165 100 90 4.1 7.2
F3SG-@RE1600@14 159 1600 13 65 165 105 90 4.4 7.5
F3SG-@RE1680@14 167 1680 13 65 165 110 95 4.6 7.9
F3SG-@RE1760@14 175 1760 13 65 165 115 95 4.8 8.2
F3SG-@RE1840@14 183 1840 13 65 165 115 95 5.0 8.5
F3SG-@RE1920@14 191 1920 15 75 175 110 100 5.2 8.8
F3SG-@RE2000@14 199 2000 15 75 175 115 100 5.4 9.1
F3SG-@RE2080@14 207 2080 15 75 175 115 105 5.6 9.4
Model
Number
of
Beams
Protective
Height
[mm]
Response Time [ms] *1 Current Consumption [mA] Weight [kg]
ON→OFF
OFF
(Synchronized)
→ON
OFF
(Not synchronized)
→ON
Emitter Receiver Net *2 Gross
*3
F3SG-@RE0190@30 8 190 5 25 125 40 50 0.6 2.0
F3SG-@RE0270@30 12 270 5 25 125 45 50 0.8 2.3
F3SG-@RE0350@30 16 350 5 25 125 50 50 1.0 2.6
F3SG-@RE0430@30 20 430 5 25 125 55 55 1.2 2.9
F3SG-@RE0510@30 24 510 5 25 125 60 55 1.4 3.2
F3SG-@RE0590@30 28 590 7 35 135 50 55 1.6 3.5
F3SG-@RE0670@30 32 670 7 35 135 55 55 1.8 3.8
F3SG-@RE0750@30 36 750 7 35 135 60 60 2.0 4.1
F3SG-@RE0830@30 40 830 7 35 135 65 60 2.2 4.4
F3SG-@RE0910@30 44 910 7 35 135 65 60 2.4 4.7
F3SG-@RE0990@30 48 990 7 35 135 70 60 2.6 5.0
F3SG-@RE1070@30 52 1070 7 35 135 75 60 2.8 5.3
F3SG-@RE1150@30 56 1150 7 35 135 80 65 3.0 5.6
F3SG-@RE1230@30 60 1230 7 35 135 85 65 3.3 5.9
F3SG-@RE1310@30 64 1310 7 35 135 85 65 3.5 6.2
F3SG-@RE1390@30 68 1390 9 45 145 75 65 3.7 6.5
F3SG-@RE1470@30 72 1470 9 45 145 80 65 3.9 6.8
F3SG-@RE1550@30 76 1550 9 45 145 80 70 4.1 7.1
F3SG-@RE1630@30 80 1630 9 45 145 85 70 4.3 7.4
F3SG-@RE1710@30 84 1710 9 45 145 85 70 4.5 7.7
F3SG-@RE1790@30 88 1790 9 45 145 90 70 4.7 8.0
F3SG-@RE1870@30 92 1870 9 45 145 95 75 4.9 8.3
F3SG-@RE1950@30 96 1950 9 45 145 95 75 5.1 8.6
F3SG-@RE2030@30 100 2030 9 45 145 100 75 5.3 8.9
F3SG-@RE2110@30 104 2110 9 45 145 100 75 5.5 9.2
F3SG-@RE2190@30 108 2190 11 55 155 90 75 5.7 9.5
F3SG-@RE2270@30 112 2270 11 55 155 95 80 5.9 9.8
F3SG-@RE2350@30 116 2350 11 55 155 95 80 6.1 10.1
F3SG-@RE2430@30 120 2430 11 55 155 95 80 6.3 10.4
F3SG-@RE2510@30 124 2510 11 55 155 100 80 6.5 10.7
F3SG-RE
80
LED Indicator Status
Emitter
Receiver
Name of Indicator Color Illuminated Blinking
Operating range LONG Green Long range mode is selected
Lockout state due to Operating range selection setting error
Power POWER Green Power is ON. Error due to noise
Lockout LOCKOUT Red −Lockout state due to error in emitter
Name of Indicator Color Illuminated Blinking
Top-beam-state TOP Blue The top beam is unblocked −
Internal error INTERNAL Red −Lockout state due to Internal error, or error due to abnormal
power supply or noise
Lockout LOCKOUT Red −Lockout state due to error in receiver
Stable-state STB Green Incident light level is 170% or higher of ON threshold Safety output is instantaneously turned OFF due to ambi-
ent light or vibration
ON/OFF ON/OFF
Green Safety output is in ON state −
Red Safety output is in OFF state Lockout state due to Safety Output error, or error due to ab-
normal power supply or noise
Communication COM Green Synchronization between emitter and receiver is main-
tained
Lockout state due to Communication error, or error due to
abnormal power supply or noise
Bottom-beam-state BTM Blue The bottom beam is unblocked −
F3SG-RE
81
F3SG-RE
Connections (Basic Wiring Diagram)
Short Mode
Note: Functional earth connection is unnecessary when you use the F3SG-RE in a general industrial environment where noise control or stable
power supply is considered. However, when you use the F3SG-RE in an environment where there may be excessive noise from
surroundings or stable power supply may be interfered, it is recommended the F3SG-RE be connected to functional earth.
The wiring examples in later examples do not indicate functional earth. To use functional earth, wire an earth cable according to the example
above. Refer to Safety Light Curtain F3SG-R Series User's Manual for more information.
Long Mode
Note: For the functional earth connection, refer to the Short Mode example.
+24 V
0 V
OSSD1 : Black
OSSD2 : White
Operating Range
Select Input : White
24 VDC : Brown
Not used : Black
24 VDC : Brown
0 V : Blue
Receiver
Emitter
0 V : Blue
DC
Power
Supply
Safety
Controller *1*2
IN1 IN2
Unblocked
Blocked
OSSD
Functional Earth
Beam state
*1.Refer to page 82 for more information.
*2.The safety controller and the F3SG-RE must share the power supply or be connected to the common
terminal of the power supply.
IN1 IN2
+24 V
0 V
OSSD1 : Black
OSSD2 : White
Operating Range
Select Input : White
24 VDC : Brown
Not used : Black
24 VDC : Brown
0 V : Blue
Receiver
Emitter
0 V : Blue
DC
Power
Supply
Safety
Controller *1*2
Unblocked
Blocked
OSSD
Beam state
*1.Refer to page 82 for more information.
*2.The safety controller and the F3SG-RE must share the power supply or be connected to the common
terminal of the power supply.
F3SG-RE
82
Standalone F3SG-RE with Y-Joint Plug/Socket Connector
Note: 1. When using the reduced wiring connector system F39-GCNY1, the Operating Range Selection is fixed to Long Mode.
2. For the functional earth connection, refer to the Short Mode example.
Connectable Safety Control Units
The F3SG-RE with PNP output can be connected to the safety control units listed in the table below.
The F3SG-R with NPN output can be connected to the safety control units listed in the table below.
Connectable Safety Control Units (PNP output)
Safety Relay Units Flexible Safety Units Safety Controllers
G9SA-301
G9SA-321-T@
G9SA-501
G9SB-200-B
G9SB-200-D
G9SB-301-B
G9SB-301-D
G9SE-201
G9SE-401
G9SE-221-T@
G9SX-AD322-T
G9SX-ADA222-T
G9SX-BC202
G9SX-GS226-T15
G9SP-N10S
G9SP-N10D
G9SP-N20S
NE0A-SCPU01
NE1A-SCPU01
NE1A-SCPU02
DST1-ID12SL-1
DST1-MD16SL-1
DST1-MRD08SL-1
NX-SIH400
NX-SID800
F3SP-T01
Connectable Safety Control Units (NPN output)
Safety Relay Units
G9SA-301-P
0 VDC: Blue
OSSD1: Black
OSSD2: White
24 VDC: Brown
+24V DC
0V
XS5W-D42
-
81-
F39-GCNY1
XS5F-D42-80-
IN1 IN2
Safety
Controller *1*2
Power supply
Unblocked
Blocked
OSSD
Beam state
*1.Refer to the following list "Connectable Safety Control Units" on
this page.
*2.The safety controller and the F3SG-RE must share the power
supply or be connected to the common terminal of the power
supply.
F3SG-RE
83
F3SG-RE
Input/Output Circuit
Entire Circuit Diagram
The entire circuit diagram of the F3SG-RE is shown below. The numbers in the circles indicate the connector's pin numbers.
PNP Output
NPN Output
1
4
3
2
+24 V
1
2
4
3
0 V
Operating Range
Select Input circuit
Brown
Black Not used
White
Blue
Brown
White OSSD 2
Black OSSD 1
Blue
Indicator
Emitter
Main Circuit
Receiver
Main Circuit 2
Receiver
Main Circuit 1
Indicator
Load
Load
Operating Range
Select Input
1
4
3
2
+24 V
1
2
4
3
0 V
Brown
Black Not used
White
Blue
Brown
White OSSD 2
Black OSSD 1
Blue
Indicator
Emitter
Main Circuit
Receiver
Main Circuit 2
Receiver
Main Circuit 1
Indicator
Load
Load
Operating Range
Select Input circuit
Operating Range
Select Input
F3SG-RE
84
Input Circuit Diagram by Function
The input circuit diagrams of by function are shown below.
PNP Output
NPN Output
Emitter
Main
Circuit
+24 VDC
0 VDC
5 V
Short circuit current:
3 mA
<Input circuit (Operating Range Select Input)>
Emitter
Main
Circuit
+24 VDC
0 VDC
5 V
Short circuit current:
3 mA
<Input circuit (Operating Range Select Input)>
F3SG-RE
85
F3SG-RE
Dimensions (Unit: mm)
Mounted with Standard Fixed Brackets (F39-LGF)
Backside Mounting
*1.The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
*2.Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the models of protective height of 0160 to 0270. In this case, locate this bracket at half the Dimension
A (or at the center of the sensor length).
F3SG-4RE@@@@@30 Series
Dimension A C1
Dimension C1
4-digit number of the type name(Protective height)
Dimension D C1-50
Dimension P 20
Protective height
(C1)
Number of Standard
Fixed Brackets *1 Dimension F
0190 to 1230 2 *2 1000 mm max.
1310 to 2270 3 1000 mm max.
2350 to 2510 4 1000 mm max.
F3SG-4RE@@@@@14 Series
Dimension A C2+30
Dimension C2
4-digit number of the type name(Protective height)
Dimension D C2-20
Dimension P 10
Protective height
(C2)
Number of Standard
Fixed Brackets *1 Dimension F
0160 to 1200 2 *2 1000 mm max.
1280 to 2080 3 1000 mm max.
P
51
24.85
F
D
C2 (Protective height for 14 mm)
F
A
150 max
150 max
150 max150 max
25
15
24.85
6.4
9.2
51
66
35
C1 (Protective height for 30 mm)
A
51
2-M5 or M6
2-M5 or M6
35
40
Standard Fixed
Bracket
Standard Fixed
Bracket
(F39-LGF)
(F39-LGF)
50.35
< Screw: M5 or M6 >
F3SG-RE
86
Side Mounting
*1.The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
*2.Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the models of protective height of 0160 to 0270. In this case, locate this bracket at half the Dimension
A (or at the center of the sensor length).
F3SG-4RE@@@@@30 Series
Dimension A C1
Dimension C1
4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension D C1-50
Dimension P 20
Protective height
(C1)
Number of Standard
Fixed Brackets *1 Dimension F
0190 to 1230 2 *2 1000 mm max.
1310 to 2270 3 1000 mm max.
2350 to 2510 4 1000 mm max.
F3SG-4RE@@@@@14 Series
Dimension A C2+30
Dimension C2
4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension D C2-20
Dimension P 10
Protective height
(C2)
Number of Standard
Fixed Brackets *1 Dimension F
0160 to 1200 2 *2 1000 mm max.
1280 to 2080 3 1000 mm max.
P
D
C2 (Protective height for 14 mm)
25
15
35
40
C1 (Protective height for 30 mm)
A
Standard Fixed
Bracket
Standard Fixed
Bracket
(F39-LGF)
(F39-LGF)
50.35
51
F
42.35
A
150 max 150 maxF
150 max 150 max
51 51
9.2
6.4
66
35
2-M5 or M6
2-M5 or M6
< Screw: M5 or M6 >
F3SG-RE
87
F3SG-RE
Mounted with Standard Fixed Brackets (F39-LGA)
Backside Mounting
*1.The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
*2.Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the models of protective height of 0160 to 0270. In this case, locate this bracket at half the Dimension
A (or at the center of the sensor length).
F3SG-4RE@@@@@30 Series
Dimension A C1
Dimension C1
4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension D C1-50
Dimension P 20
Protective height
(C1)
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets *1 Dimension F
0190 to 1230 2 *2 1000 mm max.
1310 to 2270 3 1000 mm max.
2350 to 2510 4 1000 mm max.
F3SG-4RE@@@@@14 Series
Dimension A C2+30
Dimension C2
4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension D C2-20
Dimension P 10
Protective height
(C2)
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets *1 Dimension F
0160 to 1200 2 *2 1000 mm max.
1280 to 2080 3 1000 mm max.
P
72
24.85
F
D
C2 (Protective height for 14 mm)
F
A
150 max
150 max
150 max 150 max
25
15
24.85
9.2
6.4
72
84
35
C1 (Protective height for 30 mm)
A
72
2-M5 or M6
2-M5 or M6
35
48.6
Standard Adjustable
Bracket
Standard Adjustable
Bracket
(F39-LGA)
(F39-LGA)
50.35
< Screw: M5 or M6 >
F3SG-RE
88
Side Mounting
*1.The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
*2.Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the models of protective height of 0160 to 0270. In this case, locate this bracket at half the Dimension
A (or at the center of the sensor length).
F3SG-4RE@@@@@30 Series
Dimension A C1
Dimension C1
4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension D C1-50
Dimension P 20
Protective height
(C1)
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets *1 Dimension F
0190 to 1230 2 *2 1000 mm max.
1310 to 2270 3 1000 mm max.
2350 to 2510 4 1000 mm max.
F3SG-4RE@@@@@14 Series
Dimension A C2+30
Dimension C2
4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension D C2-20
Dimension P 10
Protective height
(C2)
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets *1 Dimension F
0160 to 1200 2 *2 1000 mm max.
1280 to 2080 3 1000 mm max.
P
D
C2 (Protective height for 14 mm)
25
15
35
48.6
C1 (Protective height for 30 mm)
A
Standard Adjustable
Bracket
Standard Adjustable
Bracket
(F39-LGA)
(F39-LGA)
50.35
72
F
42.35
A
150 max 150 max
F
150 max
150 max
6.4
9.2
72 72
84
35
2-M5 or M6
2-M5 or M6
< Screw: M5 or M6 >
F3SG-RE
89
F3SG-RE
Mounted with Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGTB) and Standard Adjustable
Brackets (F39-LGA)
Dimensions when using the F3SG-RE Series except the F3SG-4RE0190@30 and F3SG-4RE0160@14
Refer to Safety Light Curtain F3SG-R Series User's Manual for the dimensions when using the F3SG-4RE0190@30 and F3SG-4RE0160@14.
Backside Mounting
Standard
Adjustable Bracket
(F39-LGA)
Top/Bottom
Adjustable Bracket
(F39-LGTB)
Top/Bottom
Adjustable Bracket
(F39-LGTB)
Backside : 2-S3
2-M5 or M6
2-M5 or M6
2-M5 or M6
C1 (Protective height for 30 mm)
C2 (Protective height for 14 mm)
<Screw for Top/Bottom Adjustable
Bracket: M5 or M6>
<Screw for Top/Bottom Adjustable
Bracket: M8>
48.6
35
13.6
4
4
2-S3
53.25
2-M8
S2.5
84
G
35
40.8
A
H
I
26.5
35
23.2
6.5
8.2
9.2
72
6.4
G
P
15
25
F
21.75 F
F
H
34.5
34.5
21.75
D
24.85
72
24.85
72
24.85
F3SG-4RE@@@@@30 Series
Dimension A C1
Dimension C1
4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension D C1-50
Dimension G C1+43.5
Dimension H C1+69
Dimension I C1+88
Dimension P 20
Protective height
(C1)
Number of Top/Bottom
Adjustable Brackets
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets
Dimension F
0270 to 1070 2 0
−
1150 to 1950 2 1
1000 mm max.
2030 to 2510 2 2
1000 mm max.
F3SG-4RE@@@@@14 Series
Dimension A C2+30
Dimension C2
4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension D C2-20
Dimension G C2+73.5
Dimension H C2+99
Dimension I C2+118
Dimension P 10
Protective height
(C2)
Number of Top/Bottom
Adjustable Brackets
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets
Dimension F
0240 to 1040 2 0
−
1120 to 1920 2 1
1000 mm max.
2000 to 2080 2 2
1000 mm max.
F3SG-RE
90
Side Mounting
<Screw for Top/Bottom Adjustable
Bracket: M5 or M6>
<Screw for Top/Bottom
Adjustable Bracket: M8>
Top/Bottom
Adjustable Bracket
(F39-LGTB)
Top/Bottom
Adjustable Bracket
(F39-LGTB)
Standard
Adjustable Bracket
(F39-LGA)
Backside : 2-S3
2-M5 or M6
2-M5 or M6
2-M5 or M6
C1 (Protective height for 30 mm)
C2 (Protective height for 14 mm)
S2.5
35
23.2
26.5
35
6.5
8.2
G
H
I
84
72
6.4
9.2
2-S3
50.35
2-M8
40.8
35
4
51.65
A
D
P
F
F
F
15
25
H
34.5 34.5
21.75 21.75
G
72
72
42.35
F3SG-4RE@@@@@30 Series
Dimension A C1
Dimension C1
4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension D C1-50
Dimension G C1+43.5
Dimension H C1+69
Dimension I C1+88
Dimension P 20
Protective height
(C1)
Number of Top/Bottom
Adjustable Brackets
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets
Dimension F
0270 to 1070 2 0
−
1150 to 1950 2 1
1000 mm max.
2030 to 2510 2 2
1000 mm max.
F3SG-4RE@@@@@14 Series
Dimension A C2+30
Dimension C2
4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension D C2-20
Dimension G C2+73.5
Dimension H C2+99
Dimension I C2+118
Dimension P 10
Protective height
(C2)
Number of Top/Bottom
Adjustable Brackets
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets
Dimension F
0240 to 1040 2 0
−
1120 to 1920 2 1
1000 mm max.
2000 to 2080 2 2
1000 mm max.
F3SG-RE
91
F3SG-RE
Accessories
Sensor Mounting Brackets
Standard Fixed Bracket (F39-LGF)
Standard Fixed Bracket (F39-LGA, sold separately)
Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGTB, sold separately)
51
8
(23.1)
(25.8)
9.2
66
6.4
32.1
36
Material: Zinc alloy
8
72
42
45.1
84
9.2
6.4
32.9
(31.8)
(34.5)
Material: Zinc alloy, Fluorochemical lubricant oil
Material: Stainless steel
4
31
4
48.25
5
26.5
23.2
8.2
6.5
9.5
22.25
44
45
18
67
23.5
26
20
161
35
40.8
Top/Bottom
Bracket (1)
Top/Bottom
Bracket (2)
Top/Bottom
Bracket (3)
Screw (2)
Screw(1)
F3SG-RE
92
Safety light curtain connecting cable
Round Water-resistant Connector: Connector Connected to Cable, Socket on One Cable End
(XS5F-D421-@80-F, sold separately)
Round Water-resistant Connector: Connectors Connected to Cable, Socket and Plug on Cable Ends
(XS5W-D421-@81-F, sold separately)
Y-Joint Plug/Socket Connector (F39-GCNY1, sold separately)
Spatter Protection Cover(F39-HGA/-HGB, sold separately)
Related Manuals
ManNo. Model Manual name
Z352 F3SG-@R@@@@@@@@ Safety Light Curtain
F3SG-@R Series User's Manual
Specification Model L (m)
Fire-retardant, Robot cable
XS5F-D421-C80-F 1
XS5F-D421-D80-F 2
XS5F-D421-E80-F 3
XS5F-D421-G80-F 5
XS5F-D421-J80-F 10
XS5F-D421-L80-F 20
40.7
L (Cable length)
M12 IP67 connector, 4-wire Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6
50
30 5
14.9 dia.
Material: Insulated vinyl round cable
Specification Model L (m)
Fire-retardant, Robot cable
XS5W-D421-C81-F 1
XS5W-D421-D81-F 2
XS5W-D421-E81-F 3
XS5W-D421-G81-F 5
XS5W-D421-J81-F 10
XS5W-D421-L81-F 20
40.7
L (Cable length)
M12 IP67 connector, 4-wire Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6 M12 IP67 connector, 4-wire
44.7
Material: Insulated vinyl round cable
Plug marked with (bule circle): Connect to control panel side
Socket marked with (white circle): Connect to emitter
CN1
CN2
4.6 dia.
17.7
45.5
M12 x 1
40.7
35.0
15.0
500
To receiver
To control
panel side
To emitter
M12 IP67 connector, 4-wire M12 IP67 connector, 4-wire
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6 M12 IP67 connector, 4-wire
Material: PBT (Main body)
40
41.8
Assembled dimensions
Material: PC (Transparent cover)
ABS (Side wall)
Stainless steel (Bracket)
Aluminum adhesive tape
(Fixing sticker)
Model Total length
F39-HGB@@@@ @@@@+6
F39-HGA0550 558
93
F3SG-RA-01TS
Safety Light Curtain
F3SG-RA-01TS
Offers Both Durability and Reliability
• Rugged and compact
• All models designed for global use. PNP/NPN selection by DIP
switch
• Conforming to major international standards
• Prevents accidental changes of settings by configuration tool
(monitoring only)
System Configuration
IF-U
PC
F39-LGF
Standard Fixed Bracket
F39-LGA
Standard Adjustable
Bracket
F39-LGTB
F39-LGTB-1
Top/Bottom Adjustable
Bracket
F39-LP
Lamp
F39-BTLP
Lamp and Bluetooth
Communication Unit
F39-BT
Bluetooth
Communication Unit
F39-HGA@@@@
Spatter Protection Cover
(for F3SG-RA-01TS)
F39-PTG
Laser Pointer
NX/NE1A-series
Safety Network Controller
G9SP-series
Safety Controller
G9SE/G9SA-series
Safety Relay Unit
G9SX-series
Flexible Safety Unit
G7SA/G7S-E
Relays with Forcibly
Guided Contacts
Mounting bracket Accessory Accessory
Emitter Receiver
Emitter Receiver
F39-JGR2WTS
Cascading Cable
F39-JD□B
Double-Ended Cable
Up to
three sets
F39-JD□B
Double-Ended Cable
F39-JD□A
Single-Ended Cable
or
F39-CN5
F39-JD@@@@BA
Reduced wiring
connector system
F39-GIF
Interface Unit Configuration Tool
SD Manager 2
Recommended safety controller *2
Accessory
Accessory *1
*1. The F3SG-RA-01TS provides only the monitoring
functionality.
*2. The recommended safety controller is required to
build a safety circuit using emergency stop
switches and door switches.
T
F3SG-RA-01TS
94
Ordering Information
Main Units
Safety Light Curtain
Hand and arm protection
Accessories (Sold separately)
Safety light curtain connecting cable
Single-Ended Cable (2 cables per set, one for emitter and one for receiver) *
* The cable for emitter and the cable for receiver are available separately. Add '-L' for emitter or '-D' for receiver to the end of the model number
when you order.
Single-Ended Cable for Emitter: F39-JD@A-L, Single-Ended Cable for Receiver: F39-JD@A-D
Note: To extend the cable length to more than 20 m, add the F39-JD@B Double-Ended Cable.
Number of beams Protective height
(mm) Model
8 185 F3SG-4RA0185-25-01TS
12 265 F3SG-4RA0265-25-01TS
16 345 F3SG-4RA0345-25-01TS
20 425 F3SG-4RA0425-25-01TS
24 505 F3SG-4RA0505-25-01TS
28 585 F3SG-4RA0585-25-01TS
32 665 F3SG-4RA0665-25-01TS
36 745 F3SG-4RA0745-25-01TS
40 825 F3SG-4RA0825-25-01TS
44 905 F3SG-4RA0905-25-01TS
48 985 F3SG-4RA0985-25-01TS
52 1,065 F3SG-4RA1065-25-01TS
56 1,145 F3SG-4RA1145-25-01TS
60 1,225 F3SG-4RA1225-25-01TS
64 1,305 F3SG-4RA1305-25-01TS
68 1,385 F3SG-4RA1385-25-01TS
72 1,465 F3SG-4RA1465-25-01TS
76 1,545 F3SG-4RA1545-25-01TS
80 1,625 F3SG-4RA1625-25-01TS
84 1,705 F3SG-4RA1705-25-01TS
88 1,785 F3SG-4RA1785-25-01TS
92 1,865 F3SG-4RA1865-25-01TS
96 1,945 F3SG-4RA1945-25-01TS
Appearance Cable length Specifications Model
3m F39-JD3A
7m F39-JD7A
10m F39-JD10A
15m F39-JD15A
20m F39-JD20A
Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable
5
8
4
3
2
1
7
6
Female
2
7
5
6
1
+24 VDC
0 VDC
Not used
Not used
Not used
Brown
Blue
Gray
Pink
White
8 Not used Red
3TEST Black
4 Not used Yellow
Shield
Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable
5
8
4
3
2
1
7
6
Female
2
7
5
6
1
+24 VDC
0 VDC
Not used
Not used
OSSD 2
Brown
Blue
Gray
Pink
White
8EDM Red
3OSSD 1 Black
4 AUX Yellow
Shield
For emitter M12 connector (8-pin), Color: Gray
For receiver M12 connector (8-pin), Color: Gray
F3SG-RA-01TS
95
F3SG-RA-01TS
Doble-Ended Cable (2 cables per set, one for emitter and one for receiver) *
For cable extension
* The cable for emitter and the cable for receiver are available separately. Add '-L' for emitter or '-D' for receiver to the end of the model number
when you order.
Double-Ended Cable for Emitter: F39-JD(R)@B-L, Double-Ended Cable for Receiver: F39-JD(R)@B-D
Note: To extend the cable length to more than 20 m, add the F39-JD@B Double-Ended Cable to the F39-JD@A Single-Ended Cable.
To extend the cable length to more than 40 m, add several Double-Ended Cables to the Single-Ended Cable.
Example: To extend the cable length to 50 m, connect two F39-JD20B (20 m) cables and one F39-JD10A (10 m) cable.
Cascading Cable (2 cables per set, for emitter and receiver)
Note: The Double-Ended Cable (up to 10 m: F39-JD10B) can be added to extend the cable length between the series-connected sensors.
Cable length between sensors: 10 m max. (not including cascading cable (F39-JGR2WTS) and power cable)
Appearance Cable length Specifications Model
0.5 m F39-JDR5B
1 m F39-JD1B
3 m F39-JD3B
5 m F39-JD5B
7 m F39-JD7B
10 m F39-JD10B
15 m F39-JD15B
20 m F39-JD20B
Appearance Type
Cable length
Specifications Model
Cap (8-pin),
M12
connector (8-pin)
0.2m F39-JGR2WTS
Brown
Blue
Gray
Pink
White
Red
Black
Yellow
Blue
Gray
Pink
White
Red
Black
Yellow
2
7
5
6
1
8
3
4
Brown
5
8
4
3
2
1
7
6
5
8
6
7
1
2
3
4
2
7
5
6
1
8
3
4
Female Male
Shield Shield
Brown
Blue
Gray
Pink
White
Red
Black
Yellow
Blue
Gray
Pink
White
Red
Black
Yellow
2
7
5
6
1
8
3
4
Brown
5
8
4
3
2
1
7
6
5
8
6
7
1
2
3
4
2
7
5
6
1
8
3
4
Connected to Power Cable
or Double-Ended Cable
Connected to Single-Ended Cable,
or Double-Ended Cable
Female Male
Shield Shield
For emitter M12 connector (8-pin), Color: Gray
For receiver M12 connector (8-pin), Color: Black
<Connection example>
Emitter
Receiver
Cable is gray F39-JD@B-L (Gray) F39-JD@A-L (Gray)
Double-Ended Cable
F39-JD@B
Single-Ended Cable
F39-JD@A
Cable is black F39-JD@B-D (Black) F39-JD@A-D (Black)
Secondary
sensor 1
(Emitter)
Secondary
sensor 1
(Receiver)
Primary
sensor
(Emitter)
Primary
sensor
(Receiver)
Cascading Cable
F39-JGR2WTS
Cable
F39-JD@A-D
Cable
F39-JD@A-L
Emitter
Receiver
Cable is gray
F39-JD@B-L (Gray)
Double-Ended Cable
F39-JD@B
Cable is black F39-JD@B-D (Black)
Cascading Cable
F39-JGR2WTS
Emitter
Receiver
Cable is gray
Cable is black
Remove the cap
Remove the cap
<Connection example>
F3SG-RA-01TS
96
Reduced Wiring Connector System (Order the F39-CN5 and Cables for Reduce Wiring.)
Reduced Wiring Connector
Note: When using the Reduced Wiring Connector (F39-CN5), the following functions are not
available.
- External Device Monitoring
- Auxiliary Output
Cable for Reduce Wiring* (
2
cables per set, one for emitter and one for receiver)
Note: A combination of emitter and receiver cables of other lengths than the above is also available. For details, contact your Omron representative.
* Double-Ended Cable for emitter and Single-Ended Cable for receiver.
Sensor Mounting Brackets
*1. Protective height of 0185 to 1225: 2 sets, Protective height of 1305 to 1945: 3 sets
*2. Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket cannot be used with the Standard Fixed Bracket. Use with the Standard Adjustable Bracket.
Using Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets with Standard Adjustable Brackets
Protective height of 1065 or less: The Standard Adjustable Bracket is not required. Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets
(F39-LGTB(-1)).
Protective height of 1145 to 1945: Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGTB(-1)) and 1 set of Standard Adjustable
Brackets (F39-LGA).
Appearance Specifications Model
IP67 rated when mated. F39-CN5
Appearance Cable length Specifications Remarks Model
Emitter: 3 m
Receiver: 3 m
IP67 rated
when mated.
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD3B-L
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD3A-D F39-JD0303BA
Emitter: 3 m
Receiver: 7 m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD3B-L
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD7A-D F39-JD0307BA
Emitter: 3 m
Receiver: 10 m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD3B-L
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD10A-D F39-JD0310BA
Emitter: 5 m
Receiver: 3 m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD5B-L
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD3A-D F39-JD0503BA
Emitter: 5 m
Receiver: 7 m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD5B-L
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD7A-D F39-JD0507BA
Emitter: 5 m
Receive: 10mr
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD5B-L
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD10A-D F39-JD0510BA
Emitter: 10 m
Receiver: 3 m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD10B-L
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD3A-D F39-JD1003BA
Emitter: 10 m
Receiver: 7 m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD10B-L
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD7A-D F39-JD1007BA
Emitter: 10 m
Receiver: 10 m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD10B-L
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD10A-D F39-JD1010BA
Appearance Specification Application Model
Standard Fixed
Bracket
Bracket to mount the F3SG-RA-01TS.
Side mounting and backside mounting possible.
(Sold separately as a set of two Brackets. Refer to note
*1 for the number of sets required for each model.)
F39-LGF
Standard
Adjustable
Bracket
Bracket to mount the F3SG-RA-01TS.
Beam alignment after mounting possible.
The angle adjustment range is ±15°.
Side mounting and backside mounting possible.
(Sold separately as a set of two Brackets. Refer to note
*1 for the number of sets required for each model.)
F39-LGA
Top/Bottom
Adjustable Bracket *2
Bracket to mount the F3SG-RA-01TS. Use this bracket
at the top and bottom positions of the F3SG-RA-01TS.
Beam alignment after mounting possible.
The angle adjustment range is ±22.5°.
Side mounting and backside mounting possible.
(Sold separately. 4 brackets per set.)
F39-LGTB
Top/Bottom
Adjustable Bracket *2
(For user-made mounting
part)
Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket without a bracket to
mount to the wall. Use the user's own wall mounting part
to suit the machine.
(Sold separately. 4 brackets per set.)
F39-LGTB-1
F3SG-RA-01TS
Emitter
F3SG-RA-01TS
Receiver
F39-CN5
Reduced Wiring Connector
F39-JD@A-D
Single-Ended
Cable (Black)
F39-JD@-B-L
Double-Ended
Cable (Gray)
F3SG-RA-01TS
97
F3SG-RA-01TS
Interface units and configuration tool SD Manager 2 *
* The F3SG-RA-01TS provides only the monitoring functionality.
Lamp
End Cap *
* This accessory can also be used with the F3SG-RA-02TS.
Laser Pointer for F3SG-R
Appearance Type Specifications Model
SD Manager 2
The Configuration Tool SD Manager 2 is
available to download from our website at
http://www.ia.omron.com/f3sg-r_tool.
−
Interface Unit
F39-GIF interface unit to connect the F3SG-RA-01TS
receiver to a USB port of the PC
Accessories:
0.3-m Dedicated Cable 1 (1),
2-m Dedicated Cable 2 (1),
Instruction Manual
F39-GIF
Bluetooth
Communication Unit
F39-BT bluetooth unit to enable bluetooth on the
F3SG-RA
IP67 rated when mated.
F39-BT
Appearance Type Specifications Model
Lamp
The lamp can be connected to a receiver and turned ON
based on the operation of F3SG-RA.
The lamp output pattern is set as follows:
Red (ON): Inverted signal of safety output information
Orange (Blink once): Inverted signal of stable-state
information
Green (ON): Safety output information
IP67 rated when mated.
F39-LP
Lamp and Bluetooth
Communication Unit F39-BTLP
Appearance Specifications Model
Housing color: Black
For both emitter and receiver
(Attached to the F3SG-RA-01TS. The End Cap can be purchased if lost.)
IP67 rated when mated.
F39-CNM
Appearance Specifications Model
The laser pointer is attached on the optical surface of the F3SG-R to help coarse
adjustment of beams. F39-PTG
F3SG-RA-01TS
98
Spatter Protection Cover (2 covers per set, one for emitter and one for receiver)
Spatter Protection Covers include mounting brackets.
Note: 1. The operating range of the Safety Light Curtain attached with the product is 10% shorter than the rating.
2. The product extends over the DIP Switch cover of the Safety Light Curtain. Be sure to use the product only after all required settings are
made to the DIP Switch.
Test Rod
Appearance Safety Light Curtain Model Model
Hand protection
F3SG-4RA0185-25-01TS F39-HGA0200
F3SG-4RA0265-25-01TS F39-HGA0280
F3SG-4RA0345-25-01TS F39-HGA0360
F3SG-4RA0425-25-01TS F39-HGA0440
F3SG-4RA0505-25-01TS F39-HGA0520
F3SG-4RA0585-25-01TS F39-HGA0600
F3SG-4RA0665-25-01TS F39-HGA0680
F3SG-4RA0745-25-01TS F39-HGA0760
F3SG-4RA0825-25-01TS F39-HGA0840
F3SG-4RA0905-25-01TS F39-HGA0920
F3SG-4RA0985-25-01TS F39-HGA1000
F3SG-4RA1065-25-01TS F39-HGA1080
F3SG-4RA1145-25-01TS F39-HGA1160
F3SG-4RA1225-25-01TS F39-HGA1240
F3SG-4RA1305-25-01TS F39-HGA1320
F3SG-4RA1385-25-01TS F39-HGA1400
F3SG-4RA1465-25-01TS F39-HGA1480
F3SG-4RA1545-25-01TS F39-HGA1560
F3SG-4RA1625-25-01TS F39-HGA1640
F3SG-4RA1705-25-01TS F39-HGA1720
F3SG-4RA1785-25-01TS F39-HGA1800
F3SG-4RA1865-25-01TS F39-HGA1880
F3SG-4RA1945-25-01TS F39-HGA1960
Diameter Model
25 mm dia. F39-TRD25
F3SG-RA-01TS
99
F3SG-RA-01TS
Ratings and Specifications
Main unit
The @@@@ in the model names indicate the protective heights in millimeters.
F3SG-4RA-25-01TS
Performance
Object Resolution
(Detection Capability)
Opaque objects
25-mm dia.
Beam Gap 20 mm
Number of Beams 8 to 96
Lens Size 6.0×5.0 (W×H) mm
Protective Height 185 to 1945 mm (7.3 to 76.6 inch)
Operating Range Long 0.3 to 17.0 m (1 to 56 ft.)
Short 0.3 to 5.0 m (1 to 16 ft.)
Response Time
ON to OFF 8 to 13 ms *1
OFF to ON 40 to 65ms *1
*1.Response time when used in one segment system or in cascaded connection.
Refer to page 101 for the one segment system. Refer to Safety Light Curtain F3SG-4RA
@@@@
-25-01TS Series User's
Manual (ManNo.: Z380) for cascaded connection.
Effective Aperture Angle
(EAA) (IEC 61496-2)
Type 4 ±2.5° max., emitter and receiver at operating range of 3 m or greater
Light Source Infrared LEDs, Wavelength: 870 nm
Startup Waiting Time 2 s max.
Electrical
Power Supply Voltage (Vs) SELV/PELV 24 VDC±20% (ripple p-p 10% max.)
Current Consumption Refer to page 101 .
Safety Outputs (OSSD)
Two PNP or NPN transistor outputs (PNP or NPN is selectable by DIP Switch.)
Load current of 300 mA max., Residual voltage of 2 V max. (except for voltage drop due to cable
extension), Capacitive load of 1 μF max., Inductive load of 2.2 H max. *1
Leakage current of 1 mA max. (PNP), 2 mA max. (NPN) *2
*1.
The load inductance is the maximum value when the safety output frequently repeats ON and
OFF. When you use the safety output at 4 Hz or less, the usable load inductance becomes larger.
*2.These values must be taken into consideration when connecting elements including a capacitive
load such as a capacitor.
Auxiliary Output One PNP or NPN transistor output (Safety Output and homopolarity)
Load current of 100 mA max., Residual voltage of 2 V max
Output Operation
Mode
Safety Output Light-ON (Safety output is enabled when the receiver receives an emitting signal.)
Auxiliary Output Reverse output of safety output
Input Voltage
External device
monitoring input
(Lockout reset input)
PNP
ON voltage: Vs-3 V to Vs (short circuit current: approx. 6.5 mA) *
OFF voltage: 0 V to 1/2 Vs, or open (short circuit current: approx. 8.0 mA) *
NPN
ON voltage: 0 to 3 V (short circuit current: approx. 8.0 mA) *
OFF voltage: 1/2 Vs to Vs, or open (short circuit current: approx. 6.5 mA) *
Test input
24 V inactive setting
ON voltage: 0 to 1.5 V or open (short circuit current: approx. 2.0 mA)
OFF voltage: 9 V to Vs (short circuit current: approx. 2.5 mA) *
0 V inactive setting
ON voltage: 9 V to Vs or open (short circuit current: approx. 2.5 mA)
OFF voltage: 0 to 3 V (short circuit current: approx. 2.0 mA)
* The Vs indicates a supply voltage value in your environment.
Overvoltage Category (IEC 60664-1) II
Indicators Refer to page 103 .
Protective Circuit Output short protection, Power supply reverse polarity protection
Insulation Resistance 20 MΩ or higher (500 VDC megger)
Dielectric Strength 1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz (1 min)
Functional
Mutual Interference Prevention (Scan Code) This function prevents mutual interference in up to two F3SG-RA systems.
Cascade Connection
Number of cascaded segments: 3 max.
Total number of beams: 255 max.
Cable length between sensors: 10 m max.
(not including cascading cable (F39-JGR2WTS) and power cable)
Test Function Self-test (at power-on, and during operation)
External test (light emission stop function by test input)
Safety-Related Functions
External device monitoring (EDM)
Scan code selection
PNP/NPN selection
F3SG-RA-01TS
100
Bluetooth Communication Unit
* It depends on use environment conditions.
Environ-
mental
Ambient Temperature Operating -10 to 55°C (14 to 131°F) (non-icing)
Storage -25 to 70°C (-13 to 158°F)
Ambient Humidity Operating 35% to 85% (non-condensing)
Storage 35% to 95%
Ambient Illuminance Incandescent lamp: 3,000 Ix max. on receiver surface
Sunlight: 10,000 Ix max. on receiver surface
Degree of Protection
(IEC 60529) IP65 and IP67
Vibration Resistance
(IEC 61496-1) 10 to 55 Hz, Multiple amplitude of 0.7 mm, 20 sweeps for all 3 axes
Shock Resistance
(IEC 61496-1) 100 m/s2, 1000 shocks for all 3 axes
Pollution Degree
(IEC 60664-1) Pollution Degree 3
Connec-
tions
Power cable
Type of Connection M12 connectors: 8-pin emitter and receiver, IP67 rated when mated,
Cables pre-wired to the sensors
Number of Wires On emitter: 5-wire, On receiver: 8-wire
Cable Length 0.3 m
Cable Diameter 6 mm
Minimum Bending
Radius R5 mm
Cascading cable
Type of Connection M12 connectors: 8-pin emitter and receiver, IP67 rated when mated
Number of Wires On emitter: 5-wire, On receiver: 8-wire
Cable Length 0.2 m
Cable Diameter 6 mm
Minimum Bending
Radius R5 mm
Extension cable
- Single-Ended Cable
- Double-Ended Cable
Type of Connection M12 connectors: 8-pin emitter and receiver, IP67 rated when mated
Number of Wires On emitter and receiver: 8-wire
Cable Length Refer to page 94.
Cable Diameter 6.6 mm
Minimum Bending
Radius R36 mm
Extension of Power Cable 100 m max.(Emitter/Receiver)
Material
Material
Housing: Aluminum alloy
Cap: PBT resin
Front window: Acrylic resin
Cable: Oil-resistant PVC resin
FE plate: Stainless steel
Weight Refer to page 101 .
Included Accessories Safety Precautions, Quick Installation Manual, Troubleshooting Guide Sticker,
Conformity
Conforming standards Refer to page 102 .
Type of ESPE (IEC 61496-1) Type 4
Performance Level (PL)/
Safety category PL e/Category 4 (EN ISO 13849-1:2015)
PFHD1.1 × 10-8 (IEC 61508)
Proof test interval TMEvery 20 years (IEC 61508)
SFF 99% (IEC 61508)
HFT 1 (IEC 61508)
Classification Type B (IEC 61508-2)
Communication System Bluetooth Version 3.0
Communication Profile SPP (Serial Port Profile)
Transmission Distance Approx. 10 m max. (Output power: Class 2) *
F3SG-4RA-25-01TS
F3SG-RA-01TS
101
F3SG-RA-01TS
List of Models/Response Time/Current Consumption/Weight
*1. The maximum speed of movement of a test rod up to which the detection capability is maintained is 2.0 m/s.
*2. The response times are values when Scan Code is set at Code B. The response times for Code A are 1 ms shorter than these values.
*3. The net weight is the weight of an emitter and a receiver.
*4. The gross weight is the weight of an emitter, a receiver, included accessories and a package.
Model Number of
Beams
Protective
Height
[mm]
Response Time [ms] *1 Current
Consumption [mA] Weight [kg]
ON → OFF
*2
OFF
(Synchronized)
→ ON
OFF
(Not synchronized)
→ ON
Emitter Receiver Net *3 Gross
*4
F3SG-4RA0185-25-01TS 8 185 8 40 140 35 75 0.7 1.4
F3SG-4RA0265-25-01TS 12 265 8 40 140 35 75 0.9 1.6
F3SG-4RA0345-25-01TS 16 345 8 40 140 40 75 1.1 1.9
F3SG-4RA0425-25-01TS 20 425 8 40 140 45 75 1.3 2.2
F3SG-4RA0505-25-01TS 24 505 8 40 140 50 75 1.5 2.5
F3SG-4RA0585-25-01TS 28 585 8 40 140 50 75 1.7 2.7
F3SG-4RA0665-25-01TS 32 665 8 40 140 55 75 1.9 3.0
F3SG-4RA0745-25-01TS 36 745 8 40 140 60 80 2.1 3.3
F3SG-4RA0825-25-01TS 40 825 8 40 140 65 80 2.3 3.6
F3SG-4RA0905-25-01TS 44 905 13 65 165 50 80 2.5 3.8
F3SG-4RA0985-25-01TS 48 985 13 65 165 50 80 2.8 4.1
F3SG-4RA1065-25-01TS 52 1065 13 65 165 55 80 3.0 4.4
F3SG-4RA1145-25-01TS 56 1145 13 65 165 55 85 3.2 4.7
F3SG-4RA1225-25-01TS 60 1225 13 65 165 55 85 3.4 5.0
F3SG-4RA1305-25-01TS 64 1305 13 65 165 60 85 3.6 5.2
F3SG-4RA1385-25-01TS 68 1385 13 65 165 60 85 3.8 5.5
F3SG-4RA1465-25-01TS 72 1465 13 65 165 65 85 4.0 5.8
F3SG-4RA1545-25-01TS 76 1545 13 65 165 65 90 4.2 6.0
F3SG-4RA1625-25-01TS 80 1625 13 65 165 70 90 4.4 6.3
F3SG-4RA1705-25-01TS 84 1705 13 65 165 70 90 4.6 6.6
F3SG-4RA1785-25-01TS 88 1785 13 65 165 70 90 4.9 6.9
F3SG-4RA1865-25-01TS 92 1865 13 65 165 75 90 5.1 7.1
F3SG-4RA1945-25-01TS 96 1945 13 65 165 75 95 5.3 7.4
F3SG-RA-01TS
102
Legislation and Standards
1. The F3SG-RA-01TS does not receive type approval provided by Article 44-2 of the Industrial Safety and Health Act of Japan. When using the
F3SG-RA-01TS in Japan as a "safety system for pressing or shearing machines" prescribed in Article 42 of that law, the machine control system
must receive type approval.
2. The F3SG-RA-01TS is electro-sensitive protective equipment (ESPE) in accordance with European Union (EU) Machinery Directive Index
Annex V, Item 2.
3. EC Declaration of Conformity
OMRON declares that the F3SG-RA-01TS is in conformity with the requirements of the following EC Directives:
Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC
EMC Directive2014/30/EU
4. Conforming Standards
(1) European standards
EN61496-1 (Type 4 and Type 2 ESPE), EN 61496-2 (Type 4 and Type 2 AOPD), EN61508-1 through -4 (SIL 3 for Type 4 and SIL 1 for
Type 2), EN ISO 13849-1:2015 (PL e, Category 4 for Type 4 and PL c, Category 2 for Type 2)
(2) International standards
IEC61496-1 (Type 4 and Type 2 ESPE), IEC61496-2 (Type 4 and Type 2 AOPD), IEC61508-1 through -4 (SIL 3 for Type 4 and SIL 1 for
Type 2), ISO 13849-1:2015 (PL e, Category 4 for Type 4 and PL c, Category 2 for Type 2)
(3) JIS standards
JIS B 9704-1 (Type 4 and Type 2 ESPE), JIS B 9704-2 (Type 4 and Type 2 AOPD)
(4) North American standards
UL61496-1(Type 4 and Type 2 ESPE), UL61496-2(Type 4 and Type 2 AOPD), UL508, UL1998,
CAN/CSA C22.2 No.14, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.0.8
5. Third-Party Certifications
(1) TÜV SÜD
•EC Type-Examination certificate:
EU Machinery Directive, Type 4 and Type 2 ESPE (EN61496-1), Type 4 and Type 2 AOPD (EN 61496-2)
•Certificate:
Type 4 and Type 2 ESPE (EN61496-1), Type 4 and Type 2 AOPD (EN61496-2), EN 61508-1 through -4 (SIL 3 for Type 4 and SIL 1 for
Type 2), EN ISO 13849-1:2015 (PL e, Category 4 for Type 4, and PL c, Category 2 for Type 2)
(2) UL
•UL Listing:
Type 4 and Type 2 ESPE (UL61496-1), Type 4 and Type 2 AOPD (UL61496-2), UL508, UL1998, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.14, CAN/CSA C22.2
No.0.8
6. Other Standards
The F3SG-RA-01TS is designed according to the standards listed below. To make sure that the final system complies with the following
standards and regulations, you are asked to design and use it in accordance with all other related standards, laws, and regulations. If you have
any questions, consult with specialized organizations such as the body responsible for prescribing and/or enforcing machinery safety regulations
in the location where the equipment is to be used.
•European Standards: EN415-4, EN691-1, EN692, EN693, IEC 62046
•U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Standards: OSHA 29 CFR 1910.212
•U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Standards: OSHA 29 CFR 1910.217
•American National Standards: ANSI B11.1 to B11.19
•American National Standards: ANSI/RIA R15.06
•Canadian Standards Association CSA Z142, Z432, Z434
•SEMI Standards SEMI S2
•Japan Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare "Guidelines for Comprehensive Safety Standards of Machinery", Standard Bureau's Notification
No. 0731001 dated July 31, 2007.rms and Conditions Agreement
F3SG-RA-01TS
103
F3SG-RA-01TS
Indicator
Emitter
Receiver
* The LED is illuminated when the EDM input is in ON state regardless of wiring with EDM used or unused.
Interface Unit
Lamp
Name of Indicator Color Illuminated Blinking
TEST Green −External Test is being performed
LONG Green Long range mode is selected Lockout state due to DIP Switch setting error or
Operating range selection setting error
POWER Green Power is ON. Error due to noise
LOCKOUT Red −Lockout state due to error in emitter
Name of Indicator Color Illuminated Blinking
TOP Blue The top beam is unblocked Lockout state due to Cap error or Other sensor error
NPN Green NPN mode is selected by DIP Switch −
CFG Green −Lockout state due to Cascading Configuration error
EDM Green EDM input is in ON state * Lockout state due to EDM error
INTERNAL Red −Lockout state due to Internal error,
or error due to abnormal power supply or noise
LOCKOUT Red −Lockout state due to error in receiver
STB Green Incident light level is 170% or higher of ON-threshold Safety output is instantaneously turned OFF
due to ambient light or vibration
ON/OFF
Green Safety output is in ON state −
Red Safety output is in OFF state Lockout state due to Safety Output error,
or error due to abnormal power supply or noise
COM Green Synchronization between emitter and receiver is
maintained
Lockout state due to Communication error,
or error due to abnormal power supply or noise
BTM Blue The bottom beam is unblocked Lockout state due to DIP Switch setting error
Main unit PC/AT compatible machine (computer that runs Microsoft Windows)
Operating system (OS) Windows 7 (32-bit/64-bit), Windows 8, 8.1 (32-bit/64-bit), Windows 10 (32-bit/64-bit)
Communication port USB port ×1
Ambient temperature Operating: -10 to 55°C, Storage: -30 to 70°C(non-icing and non-condensing)
Ambient humidity Operating: 35% to 85%, Storage: 35% to 95%(non-condensing)
Item F39-LP
Applicable Sensor F3SG-@RA Series Safety Light Curtain (Receiver)
LED Light Color Red/Orange/Green
Power Supply Voltage 24 VDC±20%, ripple p-p 10% max.(shares sensor′s power supply)
Current Consumption 25 mA max. (shares sensor′s power supply.)
Ambient Temperature Operating: -10 to 55°C, Storage: -25 to 70°C
Ambient Humidity Operating: 35% to 85%, Storage: 35% to 95%
Vibration Resistance 10 to 55 Hz, Multiple amplitude of 0.7 mm,20 sweeps for all 3 axes
Shock Resistance 100 m/s2 , 1000 shocks for all 3 axes
Degree of Protection IP65 and IP67(When attached to F3SG)
Type of Connection Connectable to F3SG-RA′s terminal connector
Material Lighting element: PC, Other body parts: PBT
Weight 45 g (when packaged)
F3SG-RA-01TS
104
Connections (Basic Wiring Diagram)
Standalone F3SG-RA-01TS using PNP Outputs
EDM disabled, External Test unused and PNP Outputs
The following is the example of EDM disabled, PNP outputs and External Test unused.
DIP Switch settings *1
: Indicates a switch position.
Configure functions with the DIP Switches before wiring.
Wiring Example
Note: Functional earth connection is unnecessary when you use the F3SG-RA-01TS in a general industrial environment where noise control or
stable power supply is considered. However, when you use the F3SG-RA-01TS in an environment where there may be excessive noise
from surroundings or stable power supply may be interfered, it is recommended the F3SG-RA-01TS be connected to functional earth.
The wiring examples in later examples do not indicate functional earth. To use functional earth, wire an earth cable according to the example
above. Refer to Safety Light Curtain F3SG-4RA
@@@@
-25-01TS Series User's Manual for more information.
Function DIP-SW1 DIP-SW2
Receiver EDM Disabled (factory default setting)
PNP (factory default setting)
Emitter External Test: 24 V Inactive (factory default setting)
2ON
2ON
7ON
7ON
4ON
E1: 24VDC power supply (S8VS)
Shielded wire
Shielded wire
IN1IN2
E1 +DC24V
0V
Safety
Controller *4 *5
24 VDC: Brown
24 VDC: Brown
TEST: Black *2
0 VDC: Blue
OSSD1: Black
OSSD2: White
0 VDC: Blue
EDM input: Red *3
Not used: Pink
Not used: Gray
Not used: Red
Not used: Pink
Not used: Gray
Not used: Yellow
Not used: White
AUX: Yellow
Emitter
Receiver
F39-JD@A-L F39-JD@A-D
OSSD
Unblocked
Blocked
Functional Earth
*1.The functions are configurable with DIP Switch. Refer to Safety Light Curtain F3SG-4RA
@@@@
-25-01TS Series User's Manual for more
information on setting the functions by the DIP Switch.
*2.When the external test function is used, connect to 24V via the test switch (N.C. contact).
*3.Also used for the lockout reset input. When using the lockout reset function, connect to 24V via lockout reset switch (N.C. contact).
*4.Refer to page 106 for more information.
*5.The safety controller and the F3SG-RA-01TS must share the power supply or be connected to the common terminal of the power supply.
F3SG-RA-01TS
105
F3SG-RA-01TS
Standalone F3SG-RA-01TS using NPN Outputs
EDM enabled, External Test 0V Inactive and NPN Outputs
The following is the example of External Device Monitoring enabled, NPN outputs and External Test in 0 V Inactive.
DIP Switch settings *1
: Indicates a switch position.
Configure functions with the DIP Switches before wiring.
Wiring Example
Note: For the functional earth connection, refer to page 104.
Function DIP-SW1 DIP-SW2
Receiver EDM Enabled
NPN
Emitter External Test: 0 V Inactive
2ON
2ON
7ON
7ON
4ON
KM1 KM2
PLC
IN
E1 +DC24V
0V
S1 KM1
KM2
PLC input
Unblocked
Blocked
External Test Switch(S1)
OSSD
KM1, KM2 NO contact
PLC output
Lockout
State
S1: External test switch(connect to 0V if a switch is not required)
KM1, KM2: Safety relay with forcibly guided contacts (G7SA) or magnetic contactor
E1: 24VDC power supply (S8VS)
PLC: Programmable controller (Used for monitoring -- not related to safety system)
Not used: Yellow
Not used: White
Receiver
Emitter
0 VDC: Blue
F39-JD@A-L F39-JD@A-D
Shielded wire
Shielded wire
24 VDC: Brown
24 VDC: Brown
TEST: Black
OSSD1: Black
OSSD2: White
0 VDC: Blue
EDM input: Red *2
Not used: Pink
Not used: Gray
Not used: Red
Not used: Pink
Not used: Gray
AUX: Yellow
*1.The functions are configurable with DIP Switch. Refer to Safety Light Curtain F3SG-4RA
@@@@
-25-01TS Series User's Manual for
more information on setting the functions by the DIP Switch.
*2.Also used for the lockout reset input. When using the lockout reset function connect to 0V via lockout reset switch (N.C. contact).
F3SG-RA-01TS
106
Connectable Safety Control Units
The F3SG-RA-01TS with PNP output can be connected to the safety control units listed in the table below.
The F3SG-R with NPN output can be connected to the safety control unit listed in the table below.
Connectable Safety Control Units (PNP output)
Safety Relay Units Flexible Safety Units Safety Controllers
G9SA-301
G9SA-321-T
G9SA-501
G9SB-200-B
G9SB-200-D
G9SB-301-B
G9SB-301-D
G9SE-201
G9SE-401
G9SE-221-T
G9SX-AD322-T
G9SX-ADA222-T
G9SX-BC202
G9SX-GS226-T15
G9SP-N10S
G9SP-N10D
G9SP-N20S
NE0A-SCPU01
NE1A-SCPU01
NE1A-SCPU02
DST1-ID12SL-1
DST1-MD16SL-1
DST1-MRD08SL-1
NX-SIH400
NX-SID800
F3SP-T01
Connectable Safety Control Units (NPN output)
Safety Relay Units
G9SA-301-P
F3SG-RA-01TS
107
F3SG-RA-01TS
Input/Output Circuit
Entire Circuit Diagram
The entire circuit diagram of the F3SG-RA-01TS is shown below.
The numbers in the circles indicate the connector's pin numbers.
PNP Output
2
8
3
4
7
1
+24 VDC
2
3
4
Brown
Black TEST
Yellow Not used
1
White Not used
Blue
Brown
Red
White OSSD 2
Pink Not used
Gray Not used
Black OSSD 1
Yellow AUX
Blue
7
EDM
circuit
6
5
EDM input
0 VDC
5
Gray Not used
6
Pink Not used
8
Red Not used
Load
Indicator
Emitter
Main Circuit
Test Input
Circuit
Receiver
Main Circuit 2
Receiver
Main Circuit 1
Indicator Load
Load
F3SG-RA-01TS
108
NPN Output
2
8
3
4
7
1
Brown
Red
White OSSD 2
Pink Not used
Gray Not used
Black OSSD 1
Yellow AUX
Blue
6
5
EDM input
0 VDC
Receiver
Main Circuit 2
Receiver
Main Circuit 1
Indicator
Load
Load
Load
+24 VDC
2
3
4
Brown
Black TEST
Yellow Not used
1
White Not used
Blue
7
5
Gray Not used
6
Pink Not used
8
Red Not used
Indicator
Emitter
Main Circuit
Test Input
Circuit
EDM
circuit
F3SG-RA-01TS
109
F3SG-RA-01TS
Input Circuit Diagram by Function
The input circuit diagrams of by function are shown below.
Emitter
Main
Circuit
+24 VDC
0 VDC
5 V
Short circuit current:
Approximately 3 mA
<Input circuit (Test input)>
Receiver
Main
Circuit
+24 VDC
0 VDC
Short circuit current:
Approximately 6.5 mA
<Input circuit (EDM input)>
24V Inactive PNP Output
Receiver
Main
Circuit
+24 VDC
0 VDC
Short circuit current:
Approximately 8 mA
<Input circuit (EDM input)>
Emitter
Main
Circuit
+24 VDC
0 VDC
5 V
Short circuit current:
Approximately 2.0 mA
<Input circuit (Test input)>
*Short circuit current: 5mA (Reset input), 3mA (Muting inputs A/B)
0V Inactive NPN Output
F3SG-RA-01TS
110
Dimensions (Unit: mm)
Mounted with Standard Fixed Brackets (F39-LGF)
Backside Mounting
*1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
*2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the models of protective height of 0185 or 0265. In this case, locate this bracket
at half the Dimension A (or at the center of the sensor length).
A
6.4
51 51
35
9.2
66
35
40
50.35
D
P
24.85
51
F
43
F
24.85
A
20.5
2-M5 or M6
2-M5 or M6
Standard Fixed
Bracket
Standard Fixed
Bracket
(F39-LGF)
(F39-LGF)
150 max
150 max
C (Protective height)
150 max
150 max
< Screw: M5 or M6 >
F3SG-4RA@@@@-25-01TS Series
Dimension A C+23
Dimension C 4-digit number of the type name
(Protective height)
Dimension D C-45
Dimension P 20
Protective height
(C1)
Number of Standard
Fixed Brackets *1 Dimension F
0185 to 1225 2 *2 1000 mm max.
1305 to 1945 3 1000 mm max.
F3SG-RA-01TS
111
F3SG-RA-01TS
Side Mounting
*1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
*2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the models of protective height of 0185 or 0265. In this case, locate this bracket
at half the Dimension A (or at the center of the sensor length).
A
35
40
51
9.2
51
35
6.4
66
50.35
51
F
42.35
A
F
P
D
43
20.5
Standard Fixed
Bracket
Standard Fixed
Bracket
(F39-LGF)
(F39-LGF)
2-M5 or M6
2-M5 or M6
150 max 150 max
150 max 150 max
C (Protective height)
< Screw: M5 or M6 >
F3SG-4RA@@@@-25-01TS Series
Dimension A C+23
Dimension C 4-digit number of the type name
(Protective height)
Dimension D C-45
Dimension P 20
Protective height
(C1)
Number of Standard
Fixed Brackets *1 Dimension F
0185 to 1225 2 *2 1000 mm max.
1305 to 1945 3 1000 mm max.
F3SG-RA-01TS
112
Mounted with Standard Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGA)
Backside Mounting
*1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
*2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the models of protective height of 0185 or 0265. In this case, locate this bracket
at half the Dimension A (or at the center of the sensor length).
35
48.6
50.35
35
A
72
9.2
72
6.4
84
P
72
24.85
F
D 43
F
A
24.85
20.5
Standard
Adjustable
Bracket
(F39-LGA)
Standard
Adjustable
Bracket
(F39-LGA)
2-M5 or M6
2-M5 or M6
150 max
150 max
C (Protective height)
150 max
150 max
< Screw: M5 or M6 >
F3SG-4RA-25-01TS Series
Dimension A C+23
Dimension C 4-digit number of the type name
(Protective height)
Dimension D C-45
Dimension P 20
Protective height
(C)
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets *1 Dimension F
0185 to 1225 2 *2 1000 mm max.
1305 to 1945 3 1000 mm max.
F3SG-RA-01TS
113
F3SG-RA-01TS
Side Mounting
*1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
*2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the models of protective height of 0185 or 0265. In this case, locate this bracket
at half the Dimension A (or at the center of the sensor length).
50.35
35
A
48.6
72 72
35
6.4
9.2
84
72
F
42.35
A
F
P
D 43
20.5
Standard
Adjustable
Bracket
(F39-LGA)
Standard
Adjustable
Bracket
(F39-LGA)
150 max150 max
150 max150 max
C (Protective height)
2-M5 or M6
2-M5 or M6
< Screw: M5 or M6 >
F3SG-4RA-25-01TS Series
Dimension A C+23
Dimension C 4-digit number of the type name
(Protective height)
Dimension D C-45
Dimension P 20
Protective height
(C)
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets *1 Dimension F
0185 to 1225 2 *2 1000 mm max.
1305 to 1945 3 1000 mm max.
F3SG-RA-01TS
114
Mounted with Top/Bottom Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGTB) and Standard Adjustable
Brackets (F39-LGA)
Dimensions when using the F3SG-RA Series except the F3SG-4RA0185-25-01TS.
Refer to Safety Light Curtain F3SG-4RA
@@@@
-25-01TS Series User's Manual for the dimensions when using the F3SG-4RA0185-25-01TS.
Backside Mounting
2-M8
S2.5
12
35
40.8
G
H
I
26.5
35
23.2
8.2
A
9.2
72
6.4
84
6.5
4
2-S3
53.25
48.6
35
13.6
4
4
43 D
P
F
F
25.75
24.85
46.5
H
38.5
G
33.75
24.85
72
24.85
72
20.5
<Screw for Top/Bottom Adjustable
Bracket: M5 or M6>
<Screw for Top/Bottom Adjustable
Bracket: M8>
Standard
Adjustable
Bracket
(F39-LGA)
Top/Bottom
Adjustable
Bracket
(F39-LGTB)
Top/Bottom
Adjustable
Bracket
(F39-LGTB)
Backside : 2-S3
2-M5 or M6
2-M5 or M6
2-M5 or M6
C (Protective height)
F3SG-4RA-25-01TS Series (Except fot 0185)
Optional
accessory not
connected
Optional accessory connected
F39-JGR2WTS
F39-BT F39-LP
F39-BTLP
Dimension A C+23 C+23
Dimension C
4-digit number of
the type name
(Protective height)
4-digit number of the type name
(Protective height)
Dimension D C-45 C-45
Dimension G C+82.5 C+85.5 C+96 C+107.5
Dimension H C+108 C+111 C+121.5 C+133
Dimension I C+127 C+130 C+140.5 C+152
Dimension P 20 20
Protective height
(C)
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets
Dimension F
0265 to 1065 2 0 -
1145 to 1945 2 1 1000 mm max.
F3SG-RA-01TS
115
F3SG-RA-01TS
Side Mounting
2-M8
40.8
35
A
4
51.65
4
12
S2.5
35
23.2
26.5
35
6.5
8.2
H
I
84
9.2
6.4
72
G
9.6
2-S3
50.35
42.35
43 D
P
F
F
F
H
38.5 46.5
33.75 25.75
G
72
72
20.5
Top/Bottom
Adjustable
Bracket
(F39-LGTB)
Top/Bottom
Adjustable
Bracket
(F39-LGTB)
Standard
Adjustable
Bracket
(F39-LGA)
Backside : 2-S3
2-M5 or M6
2-M5 or M6
2-M5 or M6
C (Protective height)
<Screw for Top/Bottom Adjustable
Bracket: M5 or M6>
<Screw for Top/Bottom Adjustable
Bracket: M8>
F3SG-4RA-25-01TS Series (Except fot 0185)
Optional
accessory not
connected
Optional accessory connected
F39-JGR2WTS
F39-BT F39-LP
F39-BTLP
Dimension A C+23 C+23
Dimension C
4-digit number of
the type name
(Protective height)
4-digit number of the type name
(Protective height)
Dimension D C-45 C-45
Dimension G C+82.5 C+85.5 C+96 C+107.5
Dimension H C+108 C+111 C+121.5 C+133
Dimension I C+127 C+130 C+140.5 C+152
Dimension P 20 20
Protective height
(C)
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets
Dimension F
0265 to 1065 2 0 -
1145 to 1945 2 1 1000 mm max.
F3SG-RA-01TS
116
Accessories
Sensor Mounting Brackets
Standard Fixed Bracket (F39-LGF, sold separately)
Standard Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGA, sold separately)
Top/Bottom Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGTB, sold separately)
51
8
(23.1)
(25.8)
9.2
66
6.4
32.1
36
Material: Zinc alloy
8
72
42
45.1
84
9.2
6.4
32.9
(31.8)
(34.5)
Material: Zinc alloy, Fluorochemical lubricant oil
4
31
4
48.25
5
26.5
23.2
8.2
6.5
9.5
22.25
44
45
18
67
23.5
26
20
161
35
40.8
Top/Bottom
Bracket (1)
Top/Bottom
Bracket (2)
Top/Bottom
Bracket (3)
Screw (2)
Screw(1)
Material: Stainless steel
F3SG-RA-01TS
117
F3SG-RA-01TS
Safety light curtain connecting cable
Single-Ended Cable for Emitter (F39-JD@A-L, sold separately)
Single-Ended Cable for Receiver (F39-JD@A-D, sold separately)
Double-Ended Cable for Emitter: Cable for extension (F39-JD@B-L, sold separately)
Double-Ended Cable for Receiver: Cable for extension (F39-JD@B-D, sold separately)
Emitter cable (Gray) Receiver cable (Black) L (m)
F39-JD3A-L F39-JD3A-D 3
F39-JD7A-L F39-JD7A-D 7
F39-JD10A-L F39-JD10A-D 10
F39-JD15A-L F39-JD15A-D 15
F39-JD20A-L F39-JD20A-D 20
Emitter cable (Gray) Receiver cable (Black) L (m)
F39-JDR5B-L F39-JDR5B-D 0.5
F39-JD1B-L F39-JD1B-D 1
F39-JD3B-L F39-JD3B-D 3
F39-JD5B-L F39-JD5B-D 5
F39-JD7B-L F39-JD7B-D 7
F39-JD10B-L F39-JD10B-D 10
F39-JD15B-L F39-JD15B-D 15
F39-JD20B-L F39-JD20B-D 20
39.5 L
dia. 15
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, shielded
8-wire (4-pair) (Cross section of conductor: 0.3mm2/insulator diameter: dia. 1.15mm)
M12 IP67 connector
39.5 L
dia. 15
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, shielded
8-wire (4-pair) (Cross section of conductor: 0.3mm2/insulator diameter: dia. 1.15mm)
M12 IP67 connector
39.5 L 43
M12
M12 IP67connector
Body color: Black
Body color: Black
M12 IP67 connector
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, shielded
8-wire (4-pair) (Cross section of conductor: 0.3mm2/ Insulator diameter: 1.15mm)
dia. 15
dia. 15
39.5 L 43
M12
M12 IP67connector
Body color: Black
Body color: Black
M12 IP67 connector
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, shielded
8-wire (4-pair) (Cross section of conductor: 0.3mm2/ Insulator diameter: 1.15mm)
dia. 15
dia. 15
F3SG-RA-01TS
118
Reduced Wiring Connector (F39-CN5, sold separately)
Cascading Cable for Emitter (F39-JGR2WTS-L, sold separately)
Cascading Cable for Receiver (F39-JGR2WTS-D, sold separately)
Set model name Emitter cable (Gray) Receiver cable (Black) L (m)
F39-JGR2WTS F39-JGR2WTS-L F39-JGR2WTS-D 0.2
24.7
12
13.6 13.6
φ8 （SPOTFACING2）
φ4.5
（52）
32.1 10
17.7
18
200
40.7
dia. 6
23.4
10
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6 mm, 5-wire
(Cross section of conductor: 0.15 mm2/Insulator diameter: dia. 1 mm)
Connector
M12 IP67 Connector 8-pin
24.2
M2.5 screw
dia. 14.9
200
dia. 14.9
40.7
dia. 6
23.4
10
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6 mm, 8-wire
(Cross section of conductor: 0.15 mm
2
/Insulator diameter: dia. 1 mm)
M12 IP67 Connector 8-pin
24.2
M2.5 screw
Connector
F3SG-RA-01TS
119
F3SG-RA-01TS
Interface Unit (F39-GIF, sold separately)
Spatter Protection Cover (F39-HGA, sold separately)
Bluetooth Communication Unit
(F39-BT, sold separately)
Lamp and Bluetooth Communication Unit
(F39-BTLP, sold separately)
Lamp (F39-LP, sold separately)
Related Manuals
67.9
35.8(16)(12)
(625.7)
(46)
Insulated vinyl round cable 4.6 dia. Standard length: 0.5 m
(11.8)
300
30
54.4
58
23.3
10
17.5 dia.
4.6 dia.
5.4 dia.
2,000
14.5
17.5 dia.
7.7
11
40
41.8
Assembled dimensions
Model Total length
F39-HGA@@@@ @@@@+4
F39-HGA0550 558
Material: PC (Transparent cover)
ABS (Side wall)
Stainless steel (Bracket)
Aluminum adhesive tape
(Fixing sticker)
16.5
35
30
35
35
2.4
Material: PBT
35
30
28
35
35
2.4
Material:
PC (Lighting element)
PBT (Other body parts)
ManNo. Model Manual name
Z380 F3SG-4RA@@@@-25-01TS Safety Light Curtain F3SG-4RA@@@@-25-01TS Series User's Manual
120
Safety Light Curtain
F3SG-RA-02TS
Enhanced Cutting Oil Resistance
• Mechanical seal structure prevents cutting oil
from getting inside
• Special materials and cables significantly enhanced oil
resistance
• Rugged and compact housing. Perfect fit installation
• IP67G (JIS C 0920 Annex 1) rated
• Prevents accidental changes of settings by configuration tool
(monitoring only)
System Configuration
IF-U
PC
F39-LGRA
Free-Location Bracket
(Intermediate Bracket)
F39-LGRTB
F39-LGRTB-2
F39-LGRTB-3
Top/Bottom Bracket
F39-LP
Lamp
F39-BTLP
Lamp and Bluetooth
Communication Unit
F39-BT
Bluetooth
Communication Unit
NX/NE1A-series
Safety Network Controller
G9SP-series
Safety Controller
G9SE/G9SA-series
Safety Relay Unit
G9SX-series
Flexible Safety Unit
G7SA/G7S-E
Relays with Forcibly
Guided Contacts
Emitter Receiver
F39-JGR2WTS
Cascading Cable *1
F39-JD@B
Double-Ended Cable *1
F39-JD@RA-L
F39-JD@RA-D
Single-Ended Cable (Oil-Resistant Cable)
F39-JD@A
Single-Ended Cable *1
or
F39-CN5
F39-JD@BA
Reduced wiring connector system *1
Recommended safety controller *3
Accessory
Accessory *2
F39-PTG
Laser Pointer *1
Accessory
Mounting bracket Accessory *1
Emitter Receiver
F39-JD@B
Double-Ended Cable *1
Up to
three sets
F39-GIF-1
Interface Unit *1
Configuration Tool
SD Manager 2
*1. When the accessory is used, protect it from
cutting oil.
*2. The F3SG-RA-02TS provides only the monitoring
functionality.
*3. The recommended safety controller is required to
build a safety circuit using emergency stop
switches and door switches.
F3SG-RA-02TS
121
F3SG-RA-02TS
Ordering Information
Main Units
Safety Light Curtain
Hand and arm protection
Number of beams Protective height
(mm) Model
12 240 F3SG-4RA0240-25-02TS
16 320 F3SG-4RA0320-25-02TS
20 400 F3SG-4RA0400-25-02TS
24 480 F3SG-4RA0480-25-02TS
28 560 F3SG-4RA0560-25-02TS
32 640 F3SG-4RA0640-25-02TS
36 720 F3SG-4RA0720-25-02TS
40 800 F3SG-4RA0800-25-02TS
44 880 F3SG-4RA0880-25-02TS
48 960 F3SG-4RA0960-25-02TS
52 1,040 F3SG-4RA1040-25-02TS
56 1,120 F3SG-4RA1120-25-02TS
60 1,200 F3SG-4RA1200-25-02TS
64 1,280 F3SG-4RA1280-25-02TS
68 1,360 F3SG-4RA1360-25-02TS
72 1,440 F3SG-4RA1440-25-02TS
76 1,520 F3SG-4RA1520-25-02TS
80 1,600 F3SG-4RA1600-25-02TS
84 1,680 F3SG-4RA1680-25-02TS
88 1,760 F3SG-4RA1760-25-02TS
92 1,840 F3SG-4RA1840-25-02TS
96 1,920 F3SG-4RA1920-25-02TS
F3SG-RA-02TS
122
Accessories (Sold separately)
Safety light curtain connecting cable
Single-Ended Cable (Oil-Resistant Cable)
Note: To extend the cable length to more than 7 m, add the F39-JD@B Double-Ended Cable.
When the Double-Ended Cable is used, protect it from cutting oil.
Single-Ended Cable (2 cables per set, one for emitter and one for receiver) *
* The cable for emitter and the cable for receiver are available separately. Add '-L' for emitter or '-D' for receiver to the end of the model number
when you order.
Single-Ended Cable for Emitter: F39-JD@A-L, Single-Ended Cable for Receiver: F39-JD@A-D
Note: 1. Use the F39-JD@RA-L/-D for applications where cutting oil resistance is required.
2. To extend the cable length to more than 20 m, add the F39-JD@B Double-Ended Cable.
Appearance Type
Cable length
Specifications Model
For emitter
M12 connector
(8-pin), 5 wires
Color: Gray
3m F39-JD3RA-L
7m F39-JD7RA-L
For receiver
M12 connector
(8-pin), 8 wires
Color: Black
3m F39-JD3RA-D
7m F39-JD7RA-D
Appearance Cable length Specifications Model
3m F39-JD3A
7m F39-JD7A
10m F39-JD10A
15m F39-JD15A
20m F39-JD20A
5
8
4
3
2
1
7
6
Female
2
7
5
6
1
+24 VDC
0 VDC
Not used
Not used
Not used
Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable
Brown
Blue
Gray
Pink
−
8Not used−
3TESTBlack
4Not used−
5
8
4
3
2
1
7
6
Female
2
7
5
6
1
+24 VDC
0 VDC
PC COM (+)
PC COM (-)
OSSD 2
Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable
Brown
Blue
Gray
Pink
White
8
EDM
Red
3 OSSD 1Black
4AUXYellow
For emitter, M12 connector (8-pin), Color: Gray
For receiver, M12 connector (8-pin), Color: Black
IP67 and IP67G (JIS C 0920 Annex 1)* rated when mated.
* F3SG-RA-02TS meets the degree of protection when this
cable is correctly connected with the power cable of the
F3SG-RA-02TS. The degree of protection is not satisfied
with the part where cable wires are uncovered.
5
8
4
3
2
1
7
6
Female
2
7
5
6
1
+24 VDC
0 VDC
Not used
Not used
Not used
Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable
Brown
Blue
Gray
Pink
White
8 Not usedRed
3TESTBlack
4 Not usedYellow
Shield
5
8
4
3
2
1
7
6
Female
2
7
5
6
1
+24 VDC
0 VDC
PC COM (+)
PC COM (-)
OSSD 2
Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable
Brown
Blue
Gray
Pink
White
8
EDM
Red
3 OSSD 1Black
4AUXYellow
Shield
For emitter M12 connector (8-pin), Color: Gray
For receiver M12 connector (8-pin), Color: Black
IP67* rated when mated.
*When the accessory is used, protect it from cutting oil.
F3SG-RA-02TS
123
F3SG-RA-02TS
Double-Ended Cable (2 cables per set, one for emitter and one for receiver) *
* The cable for emitter and the cable for receiver are available separately. Add '-L' for emitter or '-D' for receiver to the end of the model number
when you order.
Double-Ended Cable for Emitter: F39-JD@B-L, Double-Ended Cable for Receiver: F39-JD@B-D
Note: To extend the cable length to more than 20 m, add the F39-JD@B Double-Ended Cable to the F39-JD@A Single-Ended Cable.
To extend the cable length to more than 40 m, add several Double-Ended Cables to the Single-Ended Cable.
Example: To extend the cable length to 50 m, connect two F39-JD20B (20 m) cables and one F39-JD10A (10 m) cable.
Reduced Wiring Connector System (Order the F39-CN5 and Cables for Reduce Wiring.)
Reduced Wiring Connector
Note: When using the Reduced Wiring Connector (F39-CN5), the following
functions are not available.
- External Device Monitoring
- Auxiliary Output
Cable for Reduce Wiring* (2 cables per set, one for emitter and one for receiver)
Note: A combination of emitter and receiver cables of other lengths than the above is also available. For details, contact your Omron representative.
* Double-Ended Cable for emitter and Single-Ended Cable for receiver.
Appearance Cable length Specifications Model
0.5m F39-JDR5B
1m F39-JD1B
3m F39-JD3B
5m F39-JD5B
7m F39-JD7B
10m F39-JD10B
15m F39-JD15B
20m F39-JD20B
Appearance Specifications Model
IP67* rated when mated.
*When the accessory is
used, protect it from
cutting oil.
F39-CN5
Appearance Cable length Specifications Remarks Model
Emitter: 3 m
Receiver: 3 m
IP67* rated
when mated.
*When the
accessory is
used, protect it
from cutting oil.
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD3B-L
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD3A-D F39-JD0303BA
Emitter: 3 m
Receiver: 7 m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD3B-L
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD7A-D F39-JD0307BA
Emitter: 3 m
Receiver: 10 m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD3B-L
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD10A-D F39-JD0310BA
Emitter: 5 m
Receiver: 3 m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD5B-L
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD3A-D F39-JD0503BA
Emitter: 5 m
Receiver: 7 m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD5B-L
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD7A-D F39-JD0507BA
Emitter: 5 m
Receiver: 10m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD5B-L
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD10A-D F39-JD0510BA
Emitter: 10 m
Receiver: 3 m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD10B-L
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD3A-D F39-JD1003BA
Emitter: 10 m
Receiver: 7 m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD10B-L
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD7A-D F39-JD1007BA
Emitter: 10 m
Receiver: 10 m
Double-Ended Cable: F39-JD10B-L
Single-Ended Cable: F39-JD10A-D F39-JD1010BA
Brown
Blue
Gray
Pink
White
Red
Black
Yellow
Blue
Gray
Pink
White
Red
Black
Yellow
2
7
5
6
1
8
3
4
Brown
5
8
4
3
2
1
7
65
8
6
7
1
2
3
4
2
7
5
6
1
8
3
4
Female Male
Connected to Power Cable
or Double-Ended Cable
Connected to Single-Ended Cable, or
Double-Ended Cable
Shield Shield
Connected to Power Cable
or Double-Ended Cable
Connected to Single-Ended Cable, or
Double-Ended Cable
Brown
Blue
Gray
Pink
White
Red
Black
Yellow
Blue
Gray
Pink
White
Red
Black
Yellow
2
7
5
6
1
8
3
4
Brown
5
8
4
3
2
1
7
65
8
6
7
1
2
3
4
2
7
5
6
1
8
3
4
Female Male
Shield Shield
For emitter M12 connector (8-pin), Color: Gray
For receiver, M12 connector(8-pin) Color: Black
IP67* rated when mated.
*When the accessory is used, protect it from cutting oil.
Emitter
Receiver
Cable is gray F39-JD@B-L (Gray) F39-JD@A-L (Gray)
Double-Ended Cable
F39-JD@B
Single-Ended Cable
F39-JD@A
Cable is black F39-JD@B-D (Black) F39-JD@A-D (Black)
<Connection example>
F3SG-RA-02TS
Emitter
F3SG-RA-02TS
Receiver
F39-CN5
Reduced Wiring Connector
F39-JD@A-D
Single-Ended
Cable (Black)
F39-JD@B-L
Double-Ended
Cable (Gray)
F3SG-RA-02TS
124
Cascading Cable (2 cables per set, one for emitter and one for receiver)
Note: The Double-Ended Cable (up to 10 m: F39-JD10B) can be added to extend the cable length between the series-connected sensors.
Cable length between sensors: 10 m max. (not including cascading cable (F39-JGR2WTS) and power cable)
Sensor Mounting Brackets
*1. Protective height of 0240 to 1200 mm: 2 sets, Protective height of 1280 to 1920 mm: 3 sets
*2. Use the Top/Bottom Bracket in combination with the Intermediate Bracket.
Protective height of 1040 or less: The Intermediate Bracket is not required. Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Brackets (F39-LGRTB(-2/-3)).
Protective height of 1120 to 1920: Please purchase 1 set of Top/Bottom Brackets (F39-LGRTB(-2/-3)) and 1 set of Intermediate Brackets (F39-
LGRA).
Appearance Type
Cable length
Specifications Model
Cap (8-pin), M12
connector (8-pin) 0.2m F39-JGR2WTS
Appearance Specifications Application Model
Free-Location Bracket
(Intermediate Bracket)
Beam alignment after mounting possible. The angle
adjustment range is ±15°.
Side mounting and backside mounting possible.
(Sold separately as a set of 2 brackets. Refer to note *1
for the number of sets required for each model.)
F39-LGRA
Top/Bottom Bracket *2
Use this bracket at the top and bottom positions of the
F3SG-RA-02TS. Beam alignment after mounting
possible. The angle adjustment range is ±22.5°.
Side mounting and backside mounting possible.
(Sold separately as a set of 4 brackets.)
F39-LGRTB
Top/Bottom Bracket *2 The part of this bracket to contact with a wall surface has
a different shape from the F39-LGRTB Top/Bottom
Bracket.
Use this bracket when replacing an existing safety light
curtain with the F3SG-RA-02TS.
(Sold separately as a set of 4 brackets.)
Select a bracket that fit into the existing mounting hole.
F39-LGRTB-2
Top/Bottom Bracket *2 F39-LGRTB-3
IP67* rated when mated.
*
When the accessory is used, protect it from cutting oil.
Secondary
sensor 1
(Emitter)
Secondary
sensor 1
(Receiver)
Primary
sensor
(Emitter)
Primary
sensor
(Receiver)
Cascading Cable
F39-JGR2WTS
Cable
F39-JD@A-D
Cable
F39-JD@A-L
Cable is black F39-JD@B-D (Black)
Cable is black
Remove the cap
Double-Ended Cable
F39-JD@B
Cascading Cable
F39-JGR2WTS
Cable is gray
F39-JD@B-L (Gray)
Cable is gray
Remove the cap
Emitter
Receiver
Emitter
Receiver
F3SG-RA-02TS
125
F3SG-RA-02TS
Interface units and configuration tool SD Manager 2 *1 *2
*1. The F3SG-RA-02TS provides only the monitoring functionality.
*2. When the accessory is used, protect it from cutting oil.
Lamp *
*When the accessory is used, protect it from cutting oil.
End Cap *1 *2
*1. This accessory can also be used with the F3SG-RA-01TS.
*2. When the accessory is used, protect it from cutting oil.
Laser Pointer for F3SG-R *
*When the accessory is used, protect it from cutting oil.
Test Rod
Appearance Type Specifications Model
SD Manager 2
The Configuration Tool SD Manager 2 is
available to download from our website at
http://www.ia.omron.com/f3sg-r_tool
−
Interface Unit
F39-GIF-1 interface unit to connect the F3SG-RA-02TS
receiver to a USB port of the PC
Accessories:
F39-CN1 Branch Connector (1),
Connector Cap (1),
2-m Dedicated Cable (1),
Instruction Manual
F39-GIF-1
Bluetooth
Communication Unit
F39-BT bluetooth unit to enable bluetooth on the
F3SG-RA
IP67 rated when mated.
F39-BT
Appearance Type Specifications Model
Lamp
The lamp can be connected to a receiver and turned ON
based on the operation of F3SG-RA.
The lamp output pattern is set as follows:
Red (ON): Inverted signal of safety output information
Orange (Blink once): Inverted signal of stable-state
information
Green (ON): Safety output information
IP67 rated when mated.
F39-LP
Lamp and Bluetooth
Communication Unit F39-BTLP
Appearance Specifications Model
Housing color: Black
For both emitter and receiver
(Attached to the F3SG-RA-02TS. The End Cap can be purchased if lost.)
IP67 rated when mated.
F39-CNM
Appearance Specifications Model
The laser pointer is attached on the optical surface of the F3SG-R to help coarse
adjustment of beams. F39-PTG
Diameter Model
25 mm dia. F39-TRD25
F3SG-RA-02TS
126
Ratings and Specifications
Main unit
The @@@@ in the model names indicate the protective heights in millimeters.
F3SG-4RA-25-02TS
Performance
Object Resolution
(Detection Capability)
Opaque objects
25-mm dia.
Beam Gap 20 mm
Number of Beams 12 to 96
Lens Size 6.0 × 5.0 (W × H) mm
Protective Height 240 to 1920 mm
Operating Range 0.3 to 17.0 m
Response Time
ON to OFF Normal mode: 8 to 13 ms *1
OFF to ON Normal mode: 40 to 90ms (synchronized), 140 to 190ms (not synchronized) *1
*1. Response time when used in one segment system or in cascaded connection.
Refer to page 128 for the one segment system. Refer to Safety Light Curtain F3SG-4RA
@@@@
-25-02TS Series User's
Manual (ManNo.: Z391) for cascaded connection.
Effective Aperture Angle
(EAA) (IEC 61496-2) ±2.5° max., emitter and receiver at operating range of 3 m or greater
Light Source Infrared LEDs, Wavelength: 870 nm
Startup Waiting Time 2 s max.
Electrical
Power Supply Voltage (Vs) SELV/PELV 24 VDC±20% (ripple p-p 10% max.)
Current Consumption Refer to page 128 .
Safety Outputs (OSSD)
Two PNP transistor outputs
Load current of 300 mA max., Residual voltage of 2 V max. (except for voltage drop due to cable
extension), Capacitive load of 1 μF max., Inductive load of 2.2 H max. *1
Leakage current of 1 mA max.
*1. The load inductance is the maximum value when the safety output frequently repeats ON and OFF.
When you use the safety output at 4 Hz or less, the usable load inductance becomes larger.
*2. These values must be taken into consideration when connecting elements including a capacitive
load such as a capacitor.
Auxiliary Output One PNP transistor output
Load current of 100 mA max., Residual voltage of 2 V max .
Output Operation
Mode
Safety Output Light-ON (Safety output is enabled when the receiver receives an emitting signal.)
Auxiliary Output Reverse output of safety output
Input Voltage
External device
monitoring
input
(Lockout
reset input)
ON voltage: Vs-3 V to Vs (short circuit current: approx. 6.5 mA) *
OFF voltage: 0 V to 1/2 Vs, or open (short circuit current: approx. 8.0 mA) *
Test input
24 V Active setting:
ON voltage: 9 V to Vs (short circuit current: approx. 2.5 mA) *
OFF voltage: 0 V to 1.5 V or open (short circuit current: approx. 2.0 mA)
0 V Active setting:
ON voltage: 0 V to 3 V (short circuit current: approx. 2.0 mA)
OFF voltage: 9 V to Vs or open (short circuit current: approx. 2.5 mA) *
* The Vs indicates a supply voltage value in your environment.
Overvoltage Category (IEC 60664-1) II
Indicators Refer to page 130.
Protective Circuit Output short protection, Power supply reverse polarity protection
Insulation Resistance 20 MΩ or higher (500 VDC megger)
Dielectric Strength 1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz (1 min)
Functional
Mutual Interference Prevention
(Scan Code) This function prevents mutual interference in up to two F3SG-RA-25-02TS systems.
Cascade Connection
Number of cascaded segments: 3 max.
(only among F3SG-4RA@@@@-25-02TS's)
Total number of beams: 255 max.
Cable length between sensors: 10 m max.
(not including cascading cable (F39-JGR2WTS) and power cable)
Test Function Self-test (at power-on, and during operation)
External test (light emission stop function by test input)
Safety-Related Functions External device monitoring (EDM)
Scan code selection
Environ-
mental
Ambient
Temperature
Operating -10 to 55°C (14 to 131°F) (non-icing)
Storage -25 to 70°C (-13 to 158°F)
Ambient
Humidity
Operating 35% to 85% (non-condensing)
Storage 35% to 95%
Ambient Illuminance Incandescent lamp: 3,000 Ix max. on receiver surface
Sunlight: 10,000 Ix max. on receiver surface
Degree of Protection
(IEC 60529) IEC 60529: IP65 and IP67, JIS C 0920 Annex 1: IP67G
Vibration Resistance
(IEC 61496-1) 10 to 55 Hz, Multiple amplitude of 0.7 mm, 20 sweeps for all 3 axes
Shock Resistance
(IEC 61496-1) 100 m/s2, 1000 shocks for all 3 axes
Pollution Degree
(IEC 60664-1) Pollution Degree 3
F3SG-RA-02TS
127
F3SG-RA-02TS
Bluetooth Communication Unit
* It depends on use environment conditions.
Connec-
tions
Power cable
Type of Connection
M12 connectors: 8-pin emitter and receiver. Cables prewired to the sensors.
IP67 and IP67G (JIS C 0920 Annex 1) * rated when mated.
* F3SG-RA-25-02TS meets the degree of protection when it is correctly connected with
an F39-JD@@RA-@ Oil-Resistant extension cable.
Number of Wires Emitter: 5, Receiver: 8
Cable Length 0.3 m
Cable Diameter 6 mm
Minimum Bending
Radius R36 mm
Cascading cable
Type of Connection M12 connectors: 8-pin emitter and receiver. IP67 rated when mated.
Number of Wires Emitter: 5, Receiver: 8
Cable Length 0.3 m
Cable Diameter 6 mm
Minimum Bending
Radius R5 mm
F39-JD@RA-@
Oil-Resistant cable
- Single-Ended
Cable
Type of Connection
M12 connectors: 8-pin emitter and receiver. Cables prewired to the sensors.
IP67 and IP67G (JIS C 0920 Annex 1)* rated when mated.
* F3SG-RA-25-02TS meets the degree of protection when it is correctly connected with the power cable.
The degree of protection is not satisfied with the part where cable wires are uncovered.
Number of Wires Emitter: 5, Receiver: 8
Cable Length Refer to page 122.
Cable Diameter 6 mm
Minimum Bending
Radius R36 mm
Extension cable
- Single-Ended
Cable (F39-JD@A)
- Double-Ended
Cable (F39-JD@B)
Type of Connection M12 connectors: 8-pin emitter and receiver. IP67 rated when mated.
Number of Wires Emitter: 8, Receiver: 8
Cable Length Refer to page 122 and 123.
Cable Diameter 6.6 mm
Minimum Bending
Radius R36 mm
Extension of Power Cable 100 m max. (Emitter/Receiver)
Material
Material
Housing: Aluminum alloy
Cap: PBT resin
Front window: Acrylic resin
Cable: Fluororesin
FE plate: Stainless steel
Weight Refer to page 128 .
Included Accessories Safety Precautions, Quick Installation Manual, Troubleshooting Guide Sticker,
End Cap (for switching External Test Input function)
Conformity
Conforming standards Refer to page 129.
Performance Level (PL)/Safety category PL e/Category 4 (EN ISO 13849-1:2015)
PFHD1.1 × 10-8 (IEC 61508)
Proof test interval TMEvery 20 years (IEC 61508)
SFF 99% (IEC 61508)
HFT 1 (IEC 61508)
Classification Type B (IEC 61508-2)
Communication System Bluetooth Version 3.0
Communication Profile SPP (Serial Port Profile)
Transmission Distance Approx. 10 m max. (Output power: Class 2) *
F3SG-4RA-25-02TS
F3SG-RA-02TS
128
List of Models/Response Time/Current Consumption/Weight
*1. The maximum speed of movement of a test rod up to which the detection capability is maintained is 2.0 m/s.
*2. The response times are values when Scan Code is set at Code B. The response times for Code A are 1 ms shorter than these values.
*3. The net weight is the weight of an emitter and a receiver.
*4. The gross weight is the weight of an emitter, a receiver, included accessories and a package.
Model Number
of Beams
Protective
Height
[mm]
(Overall
length)
Response Time [ms] *1 Current
Consumption [mA] Weight [kg]
ON → OFF
*2
OFF
(Synchronized)
→ ON
OFF
(Not synchronized)
→ ON
Emitter Receiver Net *3 Gross
*4
F3SG-4RA0240-25-02TS 12 240 8 40 140 35 75 0.7 1.6
F3SG-4RA0320-25-02TS 16 320 8 40 140 40 75 0.9 1.9
F3SG-4RA0400-25-02TS 20 400 8 40 140 45 75 1.1 2.1
F3SG-4RA0480-25-02TS 24 480 8 40 140 50 75 1.3 2.4
F3SG-4RA0560-25-02TS 28 560 8 40 140 50 75 1.5 2.7
F3SG-4RA0640-25-02TS 32 640 8 40 140 55 75 1.7 3.0
F3SG-4RA0720-25-02TS 36 720 8 40 140 60 80 1.9 3.2
F3SG-4RA0800-25-02TS 40 800 8 40 140 65 80 2.1 3.5
F3SG-4RA0880-25-02TS 44 880 13 65 165 50 80 2.3 3.8
F3SG-4RA0960-25-02TS 48 960 13 65 165 50 80 2.5 4.0
F3SG-4RA1040-25-02TS 52 1040 13 65 165 55 80 2.7 4.3
F3SG-4RA1120-25-02TS 56 1120 13 65 165 55 85 2.9 4.6
F3SG-4RA1200-25-02TS 60 1200 13 65 165 55 85 3.1 4.9
F3SG-4RA1280-25-02TS 64 1280 13 65 165 60 85 3.3 5.1
F3SG-4RA1360-25-02TS 68 1360 13 65 165 60 85 3.5 5.4
F3SG-4RA1440-25-02TS 72 1440 13 65 165 65 85 3.7 5.7
F3SG-4RA1520-25-02TS 76 1520 13 65 165 65 90 3.9 5.9
F3SG-4RA1600-25-02TS 80 1600 13 65 165 70 90 4.1 6.2
F3SG-4RA1680-25-02TS 84 1680 13 65 165 70 90 4.3 6.5
F3SG-4RA1760-25-02TS 88 1760 13 65 165 70 90 4.5 6.7
F3SG-4RA1840-25-02TS 92 1840 13 65 165 75 90 4.7 7.0
F3SG-4RA1920-25-02TS 96 1920 13 65 165 75 95 4.9 7.3
F3SG-RA-02TS
129
F3SG-RA-02TS
Legislation and Standards
1. The F3SG-RA-02TS does not receive type approval provided by Article 44-2 of the Industrial Safety and Health Act of Japan. When using the
F3SG-RA-02TS in Japan as a "safety system for pressing or shearing machines" prescribed in Article 42 of that law, the machine control system
must receive type approval.
2. The F3SG-RA-02TS is electro-sensitive protective equipment (ESPE) in accordance with European Union (EU) Machinery Directive Index
Annex V, Item 2.
3. EC/EU Declaration of Conformity
OMRON declares that the F3SG-RA-02TS is in conformity with the requirements of the following EC/EU Directives:
Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC
EMC Directive 2014/30/EU
4. Conforming Standards
(1) European standards
EN61496-1 (Type 4 ESPE), EN 61496-2 (Type 4 AOPD), EN61508-1 through -4 (SIL 3), EN ISO 13849-1:2015 (PL e, Category 4)
(2) International standards
IEC61496-1 (Type 4 ESPE), IEC61496-2 (Type 4 AOPD), IEC61508-1 through -4 (SIL 3), ISO 13849-1:2015 (PL e, Category 4)
(3) JIS standards
JIS B 9704-1 (Type 4 ESPE), JIS B 9704-2 (Type 4 AOPD)
(4) North American standards
UL61496-1 (Type 4 ESPE), UL61496-2 (Type 4 AOPD), UL508, UL1998,
CAN/CSA C22.2 No.14, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.0.8
5. Third-Party Certifications
(1) TÜV SÜD
• EC Type-Examination certificate:
EU Machinery Directive, Type 4 ESPE (EN61496-1), Type 4 AOPD (EN 61496-2)
• Certificate:
Type 4 ESPE (EN61496-1), Type 4 AOPD (EN61496-2), EN 61508-1 through -4 (SIL 3), EN ISO 13849-1:2015 (PL e, Category 4)
(2) UL
• UL Listing:
Type 4 and ESPE (UL61496-1), Type 4 AOPD (UL61496-2), UL508, UL1998, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.14, CAN/CSA C22.2 No.0.8
6. Other Standards
The F3SG-RA-02TS is designed according to the standards listed below. To make sure that the final system complies with the following
standards and regulations, you are asked to design and use it in accordance with all other related standards, laws, and regulations. If you have
any questions, consult with specialized organizations such as the body responsible for prescribing and/or enforcing machinery safety regulations
in the location where the equipment is to be used.
• European Standards: EN415-4, EN691-1, EN692, EN693, IEC 62046
• U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Standards: OSHA 29 CFR 1910.212
• U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Standards: OSHA 29 CFR 1910.217
• American National Standards: ANSI B11.1 to B11.19
• American National Standards: ANSI/RIA R15.06
• Canadian Standards Association CSA Z142, Z432, Z434
• SEMI Standards SEMI S2
• Japan Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare "Guidelines for Comprehensive Safety Standards of Machinery", Standard Bureau's Notification
No. 0731001 dated July 31, 2007.rms and Conditions Agreement
F3SG-RA-02TS
130
Indicator
Emitter
Receiver
Note: TOP, CFG, LOCKOUT, STB and ON/OFF indicators are illuminated when the receiver of the F3SG-RA-02TS is in Setting mode.
* The EDM indicator is illuminated when the EDM input is in the ON state regardless of the use of the EDM function.
Interface Unit
Lamp
Name of Indicator Color Illuminated Blinking
Test TEST Green −External Test is being performed
Operating range LONG Green Always illuminated LockoutstateduetoScancodesettingerror
Power POWER Green Power is ON. Error due to noise
Lockout LOCKOUT Red −Lockout state due to error in emitter
Name of Indicator Color Illuminated Blinking
Top-beam-state TOP Blue The top beam is unblocked Lockout state due to Cap error or
Other sensor error
PNP/NPN mode NPN Green Always illuminated −
Configuration CFG Green −Lockout state due to Parameter error or Cascading
Configuration error
External device
monitoring EDM Green EDM input is in ON state * Lockout state due to EDM error
Internal error INTERNAL Red −Lockout state due to Internal error, or error due to
abnormal power supply or noise
Lockout LOCKOUT Red −Lockout state due to error in receiver
Stable-state STB Green Incident light level is 170% or
higher of ON-threshold
Safety output is instantaneously
turned OFF due to ambient light or vibration
ON/OFF ON/OFF
Green Safety output is in ON state −
Red Safety output is in OFF state Lockout state due to Safety Output error, or error
due to abnormal power supply or noise
Communication COM Green Synchronization between emitter
and receiver is maintained
Lockout state due to Communication error, or error
due to abnormal power supply or noise
Bottom-beam state BTM Blue The bottom beam is unblocked Lockout state due to Scan code setting error
Main Unit PC/AT compatible machine (computer that runs Microsoft Windows)
Operating System (OS) Windows 7 (32-bit/64-bit), Windows 8, 8.1 (32-bit/64-bit), Windows 10 (32-bit/64-bit)
Communication Port USB port ×1
Ambient Temperature Operating: -10 to 55°C, Storage: -30 to 70°C (non-icing and non-condensing)
Ambient Humidity Operating: 35% to 85%, Storage: 35% to 95% (non-condensing)
Item F39-LP
Applicable Sensor F3SG-@RA Series Safety Light Curtain (Receiver)
LED Light Color Red/Green/Orange
Power Supply Voltage 24 VDC±20%, ripple p-p 10% max. (shares sensor’s power supply)
Current Consumption 25 mA max. (shares sensor’s power supply.)
Ambient Temperature Operating: -10 to 55°C, Storage: -25 to 70°C
Ambient Humidity Operating: 35% to 85%, Storage: 35% to 95%
Vibration Resistance 10 to 55 Hz, Multiple amplitude of 0.7 mm, 20 sweeps for all 3 axes
Shock Resistance 100 m/s2 , 1000 shocks for all 3 axes
Degree of Protection IP65 and IP67 (When attached to F3SG)
Type of Connection Connectable to F3SG-RA’s terminal connector
Material Lighting element: PC, Other body parts: PBT
Weight 45 g (when packaged)
F3SG-RA-02TS
131
F3SG-RA-02TS
Connections (Basic Wiring Diagram)
Standalone F3SG-RA-02TS
EDM used and External Test in 24V Active not used
The following is the example of External Device Monitoring used and External Test in 24 V Active not used.
Settings
Wiring Example
Note: Functional earth connection is unnecessary when you use the F3SG-RA-02TS in a general industrial environment where noise
control or stable power supply is considered. However, when you use the F3SG-RA-02TS in an environment where there may
be excessive noise from surroundings or stable power supply may be interfered, it is recommended the F3SG-RA-02TS be
connected to functional earth.
The wiring examples in later examples do not indicate functional earth. To use functional earth, wire an earth cable
according to the example above. Refer to Safety Light Curtain F3SG-RA-02TS Series User's Manual for more information.
Function
Receiver EDM
Emitter External Test: 24 V Active (End Cap: Black) (factory default setting)
Unblocked
Blocked
Beam state
OSSD
KM1, KM2: Safety relay with forcibly guided contacts (G7SA)
M: Motor
+24 VDC (Brown)
Not used (Yellow) *3
TEST (Black) *1
Not used (White) *3
Not used (Red) *3
Not used (Pink)
Not used (Gray)
0 VDC (Blue)
OSSD 1 (Black)
OSSD 2 (White)
+24 VDC (Brown)
0 VDC (Blue)
AUX (Yellow)
PC COM (-) (Pink)
PC COM (+) (Gray)
EDM (Red) *2
Functional Earth
F39-JD@@A-L *4 F39-JD@@A-D *4
KM1
KM2
M
KM1 KM2
KM1
KM2
Power Supply
+24 VDC
0 VDC
Receiver
Emitter
*1.Connect the line to 24 V via a test switch (N.O. contact) if External Test is
used.
*2.Connect a lockout reset switch (N.C. contact) to this line in series with the
KM1 and KM2 if Lockout Reset is used.
*3.The F39-JD@RA-L Single-Ended Cable for Emitter (Oil-Resistant Cable)
does not have the red, white and yellow wires.
*4.For the F39-JD@A-@ Single-Ended Cable, connect the shield line to 0 V.
F3SG-RA-02TS
132
Connectable Safety Control Units
The F3SG-RA-02TS can be connected to the safety control units listed in the table below.
Connectable Safety Control Units
Safety Relay Units Flexible Safety Units Safety Controllers
G9SA-301
G9SA-321-T@
G9SA-501
G9SB-200-B
G9SB-200-D
G9SB-301-B
G9SB-301-D
G9SE-201
G9SE-401
G9SE-221-T@
G9SX-AD322-T
G9SX-ADA222-T
G9SX-BC202
G9SX-GS226-T15
G9SP-N10S
G9SP-N10D
G9SP-N20S
NE0A-SCPU01
NE1A-SCPU01
NE1A-SCPU02
DST1-ID12SL-1
DST1-MD16SL-1
DST1-MRD08SL-1
NX-SIH400
NX-SID800
F3SP-T01
F3SG-RA-02TS
133
F3SG-RA-02TS
Input/Output Circuit
Entire Circuit Diagram
The entire circuit diagram of the F3SG-RA-02TS is shown below.
The numbers in the circles indicate the connector's pin numbers.
+24 VDC
Brown
Black TEST
Yellow Not used
White Not used
Blue
Brown
Red EDM
White OSSD 2
Pink PC COM (-) *
Gray PC COM (+) *
Black OSSD 1
Yellow AUX
Blue
EDM
circuit
0 VDC
Gray Not used
Pink Not used
Red Not used
Load
Indicator
Emitter
Main Circuit
Test Input
Circuit
Receiver
Main Circuit 2
Receiver
Main Circuit 1
Indicator Load
Load
* This line is used for communication with a PC using the F39-GIF-1 Interface Unit.
F3SG-RA-02TS
134
Input Circuit Diagram by Function
The input circuit diagrams of by function are shown below.
Emitter
Main
Circuit
+24 VDC
0 VDC
5 V
Short circuit current:
Approx. 2.5 mA
<24 V Active> <0 V Active>
Emitter
Main
Circuit
+24 VDC
0 VDC
5 V
Short circuit current:
Approx. 2.0 mA
Test Input
Receiver
Main
Circuit
+24 VDC
0 VDC
Short circuit current:
Approx. 6.5 mA
EDM
F3SG-RA-02TS
135
F3SG-RA-02TS
Dimensions (Unit: mm)
Mounted with Free-Location Brackets (F39-LGRA)
Backside Mounting
F3SG-4RA-@@@@-25-02TS Series
*1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
*2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the model of protective height of 0240. In this case, locate this
bracket at half the Dimension C (or at the center of the sensor length).
Dimension C 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension D C-20
Dimension P 20
Protective height
(C)
Number of Free-Location
Brackets *1 Dimension F
0240 to 1200 2 *2 1000 mm max.
1280 to 1920 3 1000 mm max.
31.4
46.35
(10)
10
P
D
C (Protective height)
150 max.150 max. F
56.5
56.5
150 max.F150 max.
C
3.95
2-M4
2-M4
2-M5 or M6
<Screw: M5 or M6>
2-M5 or M6
38
Free-Location Bracket
(F39-LGRA)
Free-Location Bracket
(F39-LGRA)
26.3
73
6.3
3.95
56.5
50
F3SG-RA-02TS
136
Side Mounting
F3SG-4RA-@@@@-25-02TS Series
*1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
*2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible for the model of protective height of 0240. In this case, locate this
bracket at half the Dimension C (or at the center of the sensor length).
Dimension C 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension D C-20
Dimension P 20
Protective height
(C)
Number of Free-Location
Brackets *1
Dimension F
0240 to 1200 2 *2 1000 mm max.
1280 to 1920 3 1000 mm max.
31.4
(10)10
P
D
F
2-M4
2-M4
38
50
16.3
73
6.3
23.5
56.5
(F39-LGRA)
(F39-LGRA)
46.35
C (Protective height)
150 max.150 max.
2-M5 or M6
2-M5 or M6
Free-Location Bracket
Free-Location Bracket
56.5
56.5
150 max.F150 max.
C
<Screw: M5 or M6>
F3SG-RA-02TS
137
F3SG-RA-02TS
Mounted with Top/Bottom Brackets (F39-LGRTB) and Intermediate Bracket (F39-LGRA)
Backside Mounting
F3SG-4RA-@@@@-25-02TS Series
* The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
Dimension C 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension D C-20
Dimension G C+27.2+N1+N2
Dimension H C+38+N1+N2
Dimension I C+58+N1+N2
Dimension N1 0 to 30
Dimension N2 0 to 13
Dimension P 20
Protective
height (C)
Number of Top/
Bottom Brackets *
Number of
Intermediate
Brackets *
Dimension F
0240 to 1040 2 0 −
1120 to 1920 2 1 1000 mm max.
31.4
(10) 10
P
D
N1
7.5
N2
46.35
H
I
56.5
C
3.95
F
F
19
5.5
G
19
19
G
56.5
C
3.95
F
H
2-M4
9 dia.
<Screw for Top/Bottom
Bracket: M5>
<Screw for Top/Bottom
Bracket: M8>
4-M5 2-M8
50
2-M4
12
3
38
Intermediate Bracket
(F39-LGRA)
Top/Bottom Bracket
(F39-LGRTB)
Top/Bottom Bracket
(F39-LGRTB)
26.3
73
6.3
3.95
56.5
Backside:2-M4
C (Protective height)
2-M5 or M6 2-M5 or M6
F3SG-RA-02TS
138
Side Mounting
F3SG-4RA-@@@@-25-02TS Series
* The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
Dimension C 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension D C-20
Dimension G C+27.2+N1+N2
Dimension H C+38+N1+N2
Dimension I C+58+N1+N2
Dimension N1 0 to 30
Dimension N2 0 to 13
Dimension P 20
Protective
height (C)
Number of Top/
Bottom Brackets *
Number of
Intermediate
Brackets *
Dimension F
0240 to 1040 2 0 −
1120 to 1920 2 1 1000 mm max.
(10) 10
P
D
N1
N2
31.4
3
56.5
C
F
F
19
19
G
56.5
C
F
H
4.15 4.15
2-M4
4-M5 2-M8
16.3
73
6.3
31.4
38
50
I
5.5
4.15
56.5
19
19.35
G
H
(F39-LGRA)
(F39-LGRTB)
(F39-LGRTB)
9 dia.
46.35
2-M4
<Screw for Top/Bottom
Bracket: M5>
<Screw for Top/Bottom
Bracket: M8>
Intermediate Bracket
Top/Bottom Bracket
Top/Bottom Bracket
Backside:2-M4
C (Protective height)
2-M5 or M6 2-M5 or M6
F3SG-RA-02TS
139
F3SG-RA-02TS
Mounted with Top/Bottom Brackets (F39-LGRTB-2) and Intermediate Bracket (F39-LGRA)
Backside Mounting
F3SG-4RA-@@@@-25-02TS Series
* The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
Dimension C 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension D C-20
Dimension G C+51+N1+N2
Dimension H C+54+N1+N2
Dimension I C+88+N1+N2
Dimension J C+106+N1+N2
Dimension N1 0 to 30
Dimension N2 0 to 13
Dimension P 20
Protective
height (C)
Number of Top/
Bottom Brackets *
Number of
Intermediate
Brackets *
Dimension F
0240 to 1040 2 0 −
1120 to 1920 2 1 1000 mm max.
(10) 10
P
D
N1
N2
46.35
I
J
23.5
24.5
32
31.4
5.5
6.5
56.5
C
3.95
F
F
20
20
H
56.5
C
3.95
F
I
G
H
20
G
2-M4
9 dia.
4-M5
2-M8
2-M6
50
2-M4
38
3
12
(F39-LGRTB-2)
(F39-LGRA)
(F39-LGRTB-2)
26.3
73
6.3
3.95
56.5
<Screw for Top/Bottom
Bracket: M5>
<Screw for Top/Bottom
Bracket: M6 or M8>
Intermediate Bracket
Top/Bottom Bracket
Top/Bottom Bracket
Backside:2-M4
C(Protective height)
2-M5 or M6 2-M5 or M6
F3SG-RA-02TS
140
Side Mounting
F3SG-4RA-@@@@-25-02TS Series
* The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
Dimension C 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension D C-20
Dimension G C+51+N1+N2
Dimension H C+54+N1+N2
Dimension I C+88+N1+N2
Dimension J C+106+N1+N2
Dimension N1 0 to 30
Dimension N2 0 to 13
Dimension P 20
Protective
height (C)
Number of Top/
Bottom Brackets *
Number of
Intermediate
Brackets *
Dimension F
0240 to 1040 2 0 −
1120 to 1920 2 1 1000 mm max.
31.4
(10)10
P
D
N1
N2
56.5
C
F
F
20
20
H
56.5
C
F
I
G
3
4.15 4.15
2-M4
4-M5
2-M8
2-M6
16.3
73
6.3
I
J
24.5
23.5
32
38
5.5
6.5
4.15
56.5
G
H
20
19.35
F39-LGRTB-2
(F39-LGRA)
(F39-LGRTB-2)
9 dia.
46.35
2-M4
<Screw for Top/Bottom
Bracket: M5>
<Screw for Top/Bottom
Bracket: M6 or M8>
Intermediate Bracket
Top/Bottom Bracket
Top/Bottom Bracket
Backside:2-M4
C(Protective height)
2-M5 or M6 2-M5 or M6
50
F3SG-RA-02TS
141
F3SG-RA-02TS
Mounted with Top/Bottom Brackets (F39-LGRTB-3) and Intermediate Bracket (F39-LGRA)
Backside Mounting
F3SG-4RA-@@@@-25-02TS Series
* The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
Dimension C 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension D C-20
Dimension G C+39.5+N1+N2
Dimension H C+65+N1+N2
Dimension I C+84+N1+N2
Dimension N1 0 to 30
Dimension N2 0 to 13
Dimension P 20
Protective
height (C)
Number of Top/
Bottom Brackets *
Number of
Intermediate
Brackets *
Dimension F
0240 to 1040 2 0 −
1120 to 1920 2 1 1000 mm max.
31.4
(10)10
P
D
N1
N2
46.35
I
35
23.2
26.5
6.5
8.2
56.5
C
3.95
F
F
G
19
G
56.5
C
3.95
F
H
H
2-M4
2-M8
50
2-M4
38
4
(F39-LGRA)
(F39-LGRTB-3)
(F39-LGRTB-3)
26.3
73
6.3
3.95
56.5
<Screw for Top/Bottom
Bracket: M5 or M6>
<Screw for Top/Bottom
Bracket: M8>
Intermediate Bracket
Top/Bottom Bracket
Top/Bottom Bracket
Backside:2-M4
C (Protective height)
2-M5 or M6 2-M5 or M6
2-M5 or M6
F3SG-RA-02TS
142
Side Mounting
F3SG-4RA-@@@@-25-02TS Series
* The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
Dimension C 4-digit number of the type name (Protective height)
Dimension D C-20
Dimension G C+39.5+N1+N2
Dimension H C+65+N1+N2
Dimension I C+84+N1+N2
Dimension N1 0 to 30
Dimension N2 0 to 13
Dimension P 20
Protective
height (C)
Number of Top/
Bottom Brackets *
Number of
Intermediate
Brackets *
Dimension F
0240 to 1040 2 0 −
1120 to 1920 2 1 1000 mm max.
(10)10
P
D
N1
N2
31.4
4
56.5
C
F
F
G
56.5
C
F
H
4.15 4.15
2-M4
2-M8
16.3
73
6.3
38
50
I
26.5
23.2
35
8.2
6.5
4.15
56.5
19.35
G
H
(F39-LGRA)
(F39-LGRTB-3)
(F39-LGRTB-3)
46.95
2-M4
<Screw for Top/Bottom
Bracket: M5 or M6>
<Screw for Top/Bottom
Bracket: M8>
Intermediate Bracket
Top/Bottom Bracket
Top/Bottom Bracket
Backside:2-M4
C (Protective height)
2-M5 or M6
2-M5 or M6
2-M5 or M6
F3SG-RA-02TS
143
F3SG-RA-02TS
Accessories
Sensor Mounting Brackets
Free-Location Bracket / Intermediate Bracket
(F39-LGRA, sold separately)
Top/Bottom Bracket
(F39-LGRTB, sold separately)
Top/Bottom Bracket
(F39-LGRTB-2, sold separately)
Top/Bottom Bracket
(F39-LGRTB-3, sold separately)
56.5
26.7
73
43.7
6.3
13
26.3
2-M4
26.5
56.5
13
6.3
38.5
12
Material: Zinc alloy
Material: Stainless steel
19
15.4
24
10.8
930
18 15
109
29
10
31.4
5.5
7.5
9 dia.
2-M4
46.65
3
15.3
12
9
4.8
2-M4
Top/Bottom
Bracket (1)
Top/Bottom
Bracket (2)
Top/Bottom
Bracket (3)
27.5
26
20
30 9
24
10.8
1518
133
53
9
23.5
24.5
5.5
6.5 9 dia.
2-M4
Material: Stainless steel
3
46.65
4.8
12
9
15.3
2-M4
Top/Bottom
Bracket (1)
Top/Bottom
Bracket (2)
Top/Bottom
Bracket (4)
22.25
9.5
24
30 9
10.8
1518
122
42
8.2
6.5
23.2
26.5
2-M4
Material: Stainless steel
48.25
4
4.8
9
12
15.3
2-M4
Top/Bottom
Bracket (1)
Top/Bottom
Bracket (2)
Top/Bottom
Bracket (5)
F3SG-RA-02TS
144
Safety light curtain connecting cable
Single-Ended Cable for Emitter (Oil-Resistant Cable) (F39-JD@RA-L, sold separately)
Single-Ended Cable for Receiver (Oil-Resistant Cable) (F39-JD@RA-D, sold separately)
Single-Ended Cable for Emitter (F39-JD@A-L, sold separately)
Single-Ended Cable for Receiver (F39-JD@A-D, sold separately)
Double-Ended Cable for Emitter: Cable for extension (F39-JD@B-L, sold separately)
Fluororesin-insulated round cable dia. 6, 5-wire
(Cross section of conductor: 0.35 mm2(AWG22) / insulator diameter: dia. 1.13 mm)
M12 oil-resistant
connector
40.7
L
14.9 dia.
L
40.7
Fluororesin-insulated round cable dia. 6, 8-wire
(Cross section of conductor: 0.35 mm
2
(AWG22) / insulator diameter: dia. 1.13 mm)
M12 oil-resistant
connector
14.9 dia.
Emitter cable (Gray)
Receiver cable (Black)
L (m)
F39-JD3RA-L F39-JD3RA-D 3
F39-JD7RA-L F39-JD7RA-D 7
39.5 L
φ1 5
M12 IP67 connector
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, shielded
8-wire (4-pair) (Cross section of conductor: 0.3mm2(AWG22) /
insulator diameter: dia. 1.15mm)
39.5 L
φ1 5
M12 IP67 connector
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, shielded
8-wire (4-pair) (Cross section of conductor: 0.3mm2(AWG22) /
insulator diameter: dia. 1.15mm)
Emitter cable (Gray)
Receiver cable (Black)
L (m)
F39-JD3A-L F39-JD3A-D 3
F39-JD7A-L F39-JD7A-D 7
F39-JD10A-L F39-JD10A-D 10
F39-JD15A-L F39-JD15A-D 15
F39-JD20A-L F39-JD20A-D 20
39.5 L 43
M12
15 dia.
M12 IP67 connector
Body color: Black
Body color: Black
M12 IP67 connector Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, shielded
8-wire (4-pair) (Cross section of conductor: 0.3mm
2
(AWG22) /
Insulator diameter: 1.15mm)
15 dia.
F3SG-RA-02TS
145
F3SG-RA-02TS
Double-Ended Cable for Receiver: Cable for extension (F39-JD@B-D, sold separately)
Cascading Cable for Emitter (F39-JGR2WTS-L, sold separately)
Cascading Cable for Receiver (F39-JGR2WTS-D, sold separately)
Emitter cable (Gray)
Receiver cable (Black)
L (m)
F39-JDR5B-L F39-JDR5B-D 0.5
F39-JD1B-L F39-JD1B-D 1
F39-JD3B-L F39-JD3B-D 3
F39-JD5B-L F39-JD5B-D 5
F39-JD7B-L F39-JD7B-D 7
F39-JD10B-L F39-JD10B-D 10
F39-JD15B-L F39-JD15B-D 15
F39-JD20B-L F39-JD20B-D 20
Set model name Emitter cable (Gray) Receiver cable (Black) L (m)
F39-JGR2WTS F39-JGR2WTS-L F39-JGR2WTS-D 0.2
39.5 L 43
M12
15 dia.
Body color: Black
Body color: Black
M12 IP67 connector
M12 IP67 connector
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, shielded
8-wire (4-pair) (Cross section of conductor: 0.3mm2(AWG22) /
Insulator diameter: 1.15mm)
15 dia.
24.7
12
13.6 13.6
8 dia. (SPOT FACING 2)
4.5 dia.
(52)
32.1 10
17.7
18
Reduced Wiring Connector
(F39-CN5, sold separately)
200
40.7
6 dia.
23.4
10
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6 mm, 5-wire
(Cross section of conductor: 0.15 mm
2
(AWG26) /
Insulator diameter: dia. 1 mm)
M12 IP67 connector
24.2
M2.5 screw
Connector
14.9 dia.
200
14.9 dia.
40.7
6 dia.
23.4
10
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6 mm, 8-wire
(Cross section of conductor: 0.15 mm
2
(AWG26) /
Insulator diameter: dia. 1 mm)
Connector
M12 IP67 connector
24.2
M2.5 screw
F3SG-RA-02TS
146
Interface Unit (F39-GIF-1, sold separately)
Bluetooth Communication Unit
(F39-BT, sold separately)
Lamp and Bluetooth Communication Unit
(F39-BTLP, sold separately)
Lamp (F39-LP, sold separately)
Related Manuals
67.9
35.8(16)(12)
(625.7)
(46)
Insulated vinyl round cable 4.6 dia.
Standard length: 0.5 m
(11.8)
58
17.5 dia.
4.6 dia.
2,000
14.5
7.7
11
24.7
12
13.6 13.6
8 dia. (SPOT FACING 2)
4.5 dia.
(52)
32.1 10
17.7
18
16.5
31.4
30 38
35
1.8
Material: PBT
31.4
30 38
35
28
1.8
Material:
PC (Lighting element)
PBT (Other body parts)
ManNo. Model Manual name
Z391 F3SG-4RA@@@@-25-02TS Safety Light Curtain F3SG-4RA@@@@-25-02TS Series User's Manual
147
F3W-MA
Smart Muting Actuator
F3W-MA
Integrated muting sensor based
on multi-beam photoelectric
sensor
• A muting system can be configured easily in
combination with the safety light curtain.
• Muting functions can be stably performed even
when workpieces with holes pass.
System Configuration
F39-JG@B-D
Double-Ended Cable
or
F39-JG@A-D
Single-Ended Cable
F39-GCN4-D
M12 connectors
for receiver
F3SG-RA
Receiver
F3W-MA Receiver
(Secondary)
F3W-MA Receiver
(Primary)
F39-JG@B-L
Double-Ended Cable
or
F39-JG@A-L
Single-Ended Cable
F39-GCN4-L
M12 connectors
for emitter
F3SG-RA
Emitter
F3W-MA Emitter
(Secondary)
F3W-MA Emitter
(Primary)
F3W-MA
148
Ordering Information
Smart Muting Actuator
Note: Use with the PNP output model safety light curtain.
Accessories (Sold separately)
Single-Ended Cable *
* A set of two Single-Ended Cables (one for emitter and one for receiver) is also available.
Model: Model number without the -L/-D at the end (F39-JG@A)
Double-Ended Cable *
* A set of two Double-Ended Cables (one for emitter and one for receiver) is also available.
Model: Model number without the -L/-D at the end (F39-JG@B)
Appearance Beam Gap between Muting Trigger
Beams output Number of
Beams Model
100 mm
PNP output
8F3W-MA0100P
300 mm 20 F3W-MA0300P
Appearance Type Cable
length Specifications Model
M12 connector
(5-pin), 5 wires
Color: Gray
3 m F39-JG3A-L
7 m F39-JG7A-L
10 m F39-JG10A-L
15 m F39-JG15A-L
20 m F39-JG20A-L
For receiver
M12 connector
(8-pin), 8 wires
Color: Black
3 m F39-JG3A-D
7 m F39-JG7A-D
10 m F39-JG10A-D
15 m F39-JG15A-D
20 m F39-JG20A-D
Appearance Type Cable
length Specifications Model
M12 connector
(5-pin)
on both ends
Color: Gray
0.5 m F39-JGR5B-L
1 m F39-JG1B-L
3 m F39-JG3B-L
5 m F39-JG5B-L
7 m F39-JG7B-L
10 m F39-JG10B-L
15 m F39-JG15B-L
20 m F39-JG20B-L
M12 connector
(8-pin)
on both ends
Color: Black
0.5 m F39-JGR5B-D
1 m F39-JG1B-D
3 m F39-JG3B-D
5 m F39-JG5B-D
7 m F39-JG7B-D
10 m F39-JG10B-D
15 m F39-JG15B-D
20 m F39-JG20B-D
5
3
21
4
Female
1
2
3
4
5
+24 VDC
CFG In
0 VDC
COM+
COM-
Brown
Black
Blue
White
Yellow
Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable
Connected to Power Cable or Double-Ended Cable
5
8
4
3
2
1
7
6
Female
2
7
5
6
1
+24 VDC
0 VDC
Muting Output A
Muting Output B
Mute Enable / CFG In / Reset
Brown
Blue
Black
White
Yellow
8CFG OutRed
3COM+ Gray
4COM- Pink
Brown
Blue
Black
White
Yellow
1
3
2
4
5
5
3
21
4
Brown
Blue
Black
White
Yellow
1
3
2
4
5
Female
5
4
12
3
Male
Connected to Power Cable
or Double-Ended Cable
Connected to Single-Ended Cable, o
r
Double-Ended Cable
Brown
Blue
Black
White
Yellow
Red
Gray
Pink
Blue
Black
White
Yellow
Red
Gray
Pink
2
7
5
6
1
8
3
4
Brown
5
8
4
3
2
1
7
6
5
8
6
7
1
2
3
4
2
7
5
6
1
8
3
4
Connected to Power Cable
or Double-Ended Cable
Connected to Single-Ended Cable, or
Double-Ended Cable
Female Male
F3W-MA
149
F3W-MA
4-Joint Plug/Socket Connector
Used for reduced wiring for connecting F3W-MA with F3SG-RA.
Appearance Type Specifications Model
For emitter
M12 connectors.
Used for reduced wiring.
F39-GCN4-L
For receiver (PNP output)
M12 connectors.
Used for reduced wiring.
F39-GCN4-D
Includes one each of
F39-GCN4-L and
F39-GCN4-D
−F39-GCN4
Water-resistive Cover for
4-Joint Plug/Socket
Connector
One water-resistive cover for an F39-GCN4-L/-D
4-Joint Plug/Socket Connector. You can use this when
the MA2 connector part is not used.
Material: PBT. IP67 rated when attached. Smartclick
mechanism.
XS5Z-11
Dust Cover for 4-Joint
Plug/Socket Connector
One dust cover for an F39-GCN4-L/-D 4-Joint Plug/
Socket Connector. You can use this when the MA2
connector part is not used.
Material: Rubber/black. This cover does not ensure
IP67 degree of protection.
XS2Z-14: Attach to a pin block inside the M12 female
screw.
XS2Z-15: Attach to a M12 female screw. When
attaching the cover to the connector, press the cover
onto the connector until the connector is fully inserted
into the cover.
XS2Z-14
XS2Z-15
Single-Ended Cable
F39-JG@A-L (Gray)
4-Joint Plug/
Socket Connector
F39-GCN4-L
F3SG-RA
Emitter
F3W-MA Emitter
(Secondary)
F3W-MA Emitter
(Primary)
Single-Ended Cable
F39-JG@A-D (Black)
4-Joint Plug/
Socket Connector
F39-GCN4-D
F3W-MA Receiver
(Secondary)
F3W-MA Receiver
(Primary)
F3SG-RA
Receiver
F3W-MA
150
Sensor Mounting Brackets
Note: When mounting an F3W-MA0300P in the L-shaped configuration, the shock resistance becomes as follows.
Shock resistance: 50 m/s2, 1000 shocks for all 3 axes
For mounting an F3W-MA0300P under a shock environment exceeding this, the F3W-MA Bracket cannot be used. Use a Standard
Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGA).
*When using F39-LGMA@, there are some restrictions on the brackets to mount the F3SG-RA. This bracket is not usable together with F39-LGF.
When using together with the F39-LGA, the protective height of the F3SG-RA must be 270 mm or longer. When using together with F39-LGTB,
the protective height of the F3SG-RA must be 400 mm or longer. An extra F39-LGA is required for reinforcement, depending on the mounting
position of the F39-LGMA@. Refer to "Dimensions" on page 159 for details.
Appearance Specification Application Remarks Model
Standard
Fixed Bracket
Bracket to mount the F3W-MA.
Side mounting and backside mounting
possible.
Two brackets per set F39-LGF
Standard
Adjustable
Bracket
Bracket to mount the F3W-MA.
Beam alignment after mounting
possible.The angle adjustment range is
±15°.
Side mounting and backside mounting
possible.
Two brackets per set F39-LGA
F3W-MA
Bracket
Bracket to fix the F3W-MA to the F3SG-
RA.
F39-LGMAL: L-shaped configuration
F39-LGMAT: T-shaped configuration
Beam alignment after mounting possible.
When using the F3W-MA Bracket, it is nec-
essary to add an extra Standard Adjust-
able Bracket (F39-LGA) to the F3SG-RA. *
Please also purchase Standard Adjustable
Bracket (F39-LGA).
Two brackets per set
F39-LGMAL
F39-LGMAT
F3W-MA
151
F3W-MA
Ratings/Specifications
*1. The net weight is the weight of an emitter and a receiver.
*2. The gross weight is the weight of an emitter, a receiver, included accessories and a package.
F3W-MA0100P F3W-MA0300P
Perfor-
mance
Beam Gap between Muting Trigger
Beams 100 mm 300 mm
Number of Beams 820
Standard Detection Object 30 mm
Operating
Range
Long 0.3 to 20.0 m (1 to 65 ft.)
Short 0.3 to 7.0 m (1 to 23 ft.)
Response Time
Operation 13 ms max.
Reset 26 ms max. (Synchronized)
78 ms max. (Not synchronized)
Effective Aperture Angle ±2.5° max., emitter and receiver at operating range of 3 m or greater
Light Source Infrared LEDs, Wavelength: 870 nm
Startup Waiting Time 2 s max.
Electrical
Power Supply Voltage (Vs) SELV/PELV 24 VDC±20% (ripple p-p 10% max.)
Current
Consumption
Emitter 35 mA 45 mA
Receiver 75 mA 75 mA
Muting Outputs
Two PNP transistor outputs. *
Load current of 300 mA max.,
Residual voltage of 2 V max. (except for voltage drop due to cable extension)j
* This product is a PNP output model. Use with the PNP output model safety light curtain.
Output Opera-
tion Mode
Muting Output A Dark-ON
(Muting Output A is enabled when MuteA trigger beam is blocked.)
Muting Output B Dark-ON
(Muting Output B is enabled when MuteB trigger beam is blocked.)
Input Voltage
ON Voltage [MuteEnable]
Vs to Vs-3 V (sink current 5 mA max.) *
OFF Voltage [Mute Enable]
0 to 1/2 Vs, or open *
* The Vs indicates a supply voltage value in your environment.
Indicators Refer to page 152. LED Indicator Status
Protective Circuit Protective Circuit Output short protection, Power supply reverse polarity protection
Insulation Resistance 20 MΩ or higher (500 VDC megger)
Dielectric Strength 1,000 VAC, 50/60 Hz (1 min)
Functional
Functions
- Scan Code Selection
- Operation Mode Selection (Point to Point Detection/ Chattering and Void Space
Prevention)
- Off-Delay
- Muting Enable
- Muting Trigger Beam Allocation
- Operating Range Selection
Environ-
mental
Ambient
Temperature
Operating -10 to 55°C (13 to 131°F) (non-icing)
Storage -25 to 70°C (-13 to 158°F)
Ambient
Humidity
Operating 35% to 85% (non-condensing)
Storage 35% to 95%
Ambient Illuminance Incandescent lamp: 3,000 Ix max. on receiver surface
Sunlight: 10,000 Ix max. on receiver surface
Degree of Protection (IEC 60529) IP65 and IP67
Vibration Resistance (IEC 61496-1) 10 to 55 Hz, Multiple amplitude of 0.7 mm, 20 sweeps for all 3 axes
Shock Resistance (IEC 61496-1) 100 m/s2, 1000 shocks for all 3 axes
Pollution Degree (IEC 60664-1) Pollution Degree 3
Connec-
tions
Power Cable
Type of Connection M12 connectors: 5-pin emitter, 8-pin receiver, IP67 rated when mated, Cables prewired to sensors
Number of Wires Emitter: 5, Receiver: 8
Cable Length 0.3 mm
Cable Diameter 6 mm
Minimum Bending
Radius R5 mm
Extension of Power Cable 100 m max.
Note: For T-Shaped configuration with COM lines, the length of cable extension is 30m max.
Material Housing: Aluminum alloy, Cap: PBT resin, Front window: Acrylic resin, Cable: Oil-resistant PVC resin,
FE plate: Stainless steel
Net Weight *1 0.7 kg 0.9 kg
Gross Weight *2 1.3 kg 2.2 kg
Included Accessories Instruction Sheet
F3W-MA
152
LED Indicator Status
Shown below are indication statuses of F3W-MA LED indicators when you purchased.
Emitter
Receiver
Name of Indicator Color Illuminated Blinking
Operating range LONG Green Long Range mode is selected by DIP Switch. -
Running RUN Green Power is ON. -
Error ERR Red - Error in emitter. Generic error happens.
Name of Indicator Color Illuminated Blinking
Top-beam-state TOP Blue The top beam is unblocked. -
Muting output A MUTE A Green Muting Output A is activated. -
Muting output B MUTE B Green Muting Output B is activated. -
Off-Delay DELAY Yellow Off-Delay function is enabled by DIP Switch. -
Chattering/ Void
space CHAT Green Chattering and Void Space Prevention mode is se-
lected by DIP Switch. -
Muting Enable MUTE
DISABLE Red The Muting Enable function is enabled and Muting
Enable input is turned OFF by DIP Switch. -
Error ERR Red -Error in receiver. Generic error happens.
Stable-state STB Green Incident light level is 170% or higher of ON-threshold -
Running RUN Green Power is ON. -
Communication COM Green Synchronization between emitter and receiver is
maintained.
[Primary sensor]
- Start-up (for approx. 3 s)
- Synchronization between emitter
and receiver is lost
Bottom-beamstate BTM Blue The bottom beam is unblocked. -
F3W-MA
153
F3W-MA
Wiring Examples
Standard Muting Mode with F3SG-R (T-Shaped Configuration with COM lines)
The following is the example of F3W-MA with Scan Code B, Chattering and Void Space Prevention 1, Off-Delay 100 ms and Muting Enable
disabled.
DIP Switch settings *1
: Indicates a switch position.
*1.Configure functions with the DIP Switches before wiring. Refer to Smart Muting Actuator F3W-MA Series User's Manual for more information.
*2.DIP Switch Bank 2 is not used.
Wiring example
Note: The wiring examples in later pages do not indicate functional earth. To use functional earth, wire an earth cable according to the example
above. Refer to Smart Muting Actuator F3W-MA Series User's Manual for more information.
Function DIP-SW1 DIP-SW2 *2
F3W-MA Primary Receiver
Scan Code B (factory default setting)
Chattering and Void Space Prevention 1
Off-Delay 100 ms
Muting Enable Disabled (factory default setting)
Emitter Scan Code B (factory default setting) −
F3W-MA Secondary Receiver
Emitter −No setting required No setting required
1ON
1ON
2ON
3ON
2ON
3ON
4ON
5ON
4ON
5ON
6ON
6ON
1ON
Muting output A: Black
Muting output B: White
24 VDC: Brown
0 VDC: Blue
F3W-MA Receiver
(Primary)
CFG Out: Red
COM-: Pink
COM+: Gray
Mute Enable: Yellow
F3W-MA Receiver
(Secondary)
Muting output A: Black
Muting output B: White
COM-: Pink
COM+: Gray
CFG Out: Red
CFG In: Yellow
0 VDC: Blue
24 VDC: Brown
F39-JG
@
A-D F39-JG
@
A-DFunctional Earth Functional Earth
24 VDC: Brown
0 VDC: Blue
F3W-MA Emitter
(Primary)
CFG In *2: Black
COM-: Yellow
COM+: White
F3W-MA Emitter
(Secondary)
COM-: Yellow
COM+: White
0 VDC: Blue
24 VDC: Brown
F39-JG
@
A-L F39-JG
@
A-LFunctional Earth Functional Earth
F3SG-RA Emitter *1
CFG In: Black
Power Supply
+24 VDC
0 VDC
Power Supply
+24 VDC
0 VDC
*1. Signal wiring of the F3W-MA is not required.
*2. Do not connect CFG In line to +24 VDC line. Otherwise, F3W-MA enters the error state.
[Emitter]
[Receiver]
F3SG-RA Receiver
MUTE B
MUTE A
F3W-MA
154
Input/Output Circuit
The entire circuit diagram of the F3W-MA is shown below.
The numbers in the circles indicate the connector's pin numbers.
2
1
5
7
6
+24 VDC
1
Brown
Blue
Brown
White Muting Output B
Black Muting Output A
Blue
3
Muting Enable
input circuit
Yellow Muting Enable
0 VDC
Indicator
Emitter
Main Circuit
Receiver
Main Circuit 2
Receiver
Main Circuit 1
Indicator
Load
Load
F3W-MA
155
F3W-MA
Dimensions (Unit: mm)
Mounted with Standard Adjustable Brackets (F39-LGA)
Backside Mounting
< Screw: M5 or M6 >
*1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
*2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible. In this case, locate
this bracket at half the Dimension A (or at the center of the sensor length).
Model F3W-MA0100P F3W-MA0300P
Dimension A 208 448
Dimension C1 190 430
Dimension D 140 380
Dimension P 20 20
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets *1 2 *2 2
Standard
Adjustable Bracket
(F39-LGA)
Standard
Adjustable Bracket
(F39-LGA)
35
48.6
50.35
2-M5 or M6
2-M5 or M6
35
A
72
9.2
72
6.4
84
P
72
24.85
150 max
150 max
D
C1
18
43
A
24.85
150 max
150 max
F3W-MA
156
Side Mounting
Standard Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGA, sold separately)
50.35
Standard
Adjustable Bracket
(F39-LGA)
Standard
Adjustable Bracket
(F39-LGA)
35
A
48.6
2-M5 or M6
2-M5 or M6
72 72
35
6.4
9.2
84
72
150 max 150 max
42.35
A
150 max 150 max
P
D
C118
43
< Screw: M5 or M6 >
*1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
*2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible. In this case, locate
this bracket at half the Dimension A (or at the center of the sensor length).
Model F3W-MA0100P F3W-MA0300P
Dimension A 208 448
Dimension C1 190 430
Dimension D 140 380
Dimension P 20 20
Number of Standard
Adjustable Brackets *1 2 *2 2
8
72
42
45.1
84
9.2
6.4
32.9
31.8
34.5
Material: Zinc alloy, Fluorine-containing
F3W-MA
157
F3W-MA
Mounted with Standard Fixed Brackets (F39-LGF)
Backside Mounting
2-M5 or M6
2-M5 or M6
A
6.4
51 51
35
9.2
66
Standard
Fixed Bracket
(F39-LGF)
Standard
Fixed Bracket
(F39-LGF)
35
40
50.35
D
P
24.85
51
150 max
150 max
C1
18
43
24.85
A
150 max
150 max
< Screw: M5 or M6 >
*1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
*2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible. In this case, locate
this bracket at half the Dimension A (or at the center of the sensor length).
Model F3W-MA0100P F3W-MA0300P
Dimension A 208 448
Dimension C1 190 430
Dimension D 140 380
Dimension P 20 20
Number of Standard
Fixed Brackets *1 2 *2 2
F3W-MA
158
Side Mounting
Standard Fixed Bracket (F39-LGF, sold separately)
Standard
Fixed Bracket
(F39-LGF)
Standard
Fixed Bracket
(F39-LGF)
A
35
40
2-M5 or M6
2-M5 or M6
51
9.2
51
35
6.4
66
50.35
51
150 max 150 max
42.35
A
150 max 150 max
P
D
C118
43
< Screw: M5 or M6 >
*1. The number of brackets required to mount either one of emitter and receiver.
*2. Mounting an emitter or receiver with one bracket is possible. In this case, locate
this bracket at half the Dimension A (or at the center of the sensor length).
Model F3W-MA0100P F3W-MA0300P
Dimension A 208 448
Dimension C1 190 430
Dimension D 140 380
Dimension P 20 20
Number of Standard
Fixed Brackets *1 2 *2 2
51
8
(23.1)
(25.8)
9.2
66
6.4
32.1
36
Material: Zinc alloy
F3W-MA
159
F3W-MA
Mounted with F3W-MA Bracket (F39-LGMA
@
) and Standard Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGA) on F3SG-RA
Accessories
Single-Ended Cable for Emitter (F39-JGA-L, sold separately)
Single-Ended Cable for Receiver (F39-JGA-D, sold separately)
Emitter cable (Gray) Receiver cable (Black) L (m)
F39-JG3A-L F39-JG3A-D 3
F39-JG7A-L F39-JG7A-D 7
F39-JG10A-L F39-JG10A-D 10
F39-JG15A-L F39-JG15A-D 15
F39-JG20A-L F39-JG20A-D 20
Standard Adjustable Bracket*
(F39-LGA)
Smart Muting Actuator
(F3W-MA Series)
Smart Muting Actuator
(F3W-MA Series)
Safety Light Curtain
(F3SG-RA Series)
F3W-MA Bracket
(F39-LGMAT)
F3W-MA Bracket
(F39-LGMAL/T)
L-shaped configuration T-shaped configuration (dashed line)
Muting Trigger
Beam
Muting Trigger
Beam
94
(54.3)
100 max*
35
(63.2)
45.4
48.6
48.6
35
M3
M2
(47.6)
(44.9)
Note: When mounting an F3W-MA0300P in the L-shaped configuration, the shock resistance becomes as follows.
Shock resistance: 50 m/s2, 1000 shocks for all 3 axes
For mounting an F3W-MA0300P under a shock environment exceeding this, the F3W-MA Bracket cannot be used. Use a Standard
Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGA).
* The distance between the centers of the F3W-MA and the Standard Adjustable Bracket (F39-LGA) must be 100 mm or less. When the distance
is longer than 100 mm, add an extra Standard Adjustable Bracket for reinforcement.
Model F3W-MA0100P F3W-MA0300P
Dimension M2 100 300
Dimension M3 104 124
40.7
L
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, 5-wire
(Cross section of conductor: 0.38 mm2/insulator diameter: dia. 1.2 mm)
dia.14.9
M12 IP67 connector
Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, 8-wire
(Cross section of conductor: 0.38 mm2/insulator diameter: dia. 1.2 mm)
dia.14.9
M12 IP67 connector
L
40.7
F3W-MA
160
Double-Ended Cable for Emitter: Cable for extension (F39-JGB-L, sold separately)
Double-Ended Cable for Receiver: Cable for extension (F39-JG@B-D, sold separately)
4-Joint Plug/Socket Connector for Emitter (F39-GCN4-L, sold separately)
4-Joint Plug/Socket Connector for Receiver (F39-GCN4-D, sold separately)
Related Manuals
Emitter cable (Gray) Receiver cable (Black) L (m)
F39-JGR5B-L F39-JGR15B-D 0.5
F39-JG1B-L F39-JG1B-D 1
F39-JG3B-L F39-JG3B-D 3
F39-JG5B-L F39-JG5B-D 5
F39-JG7B-L F39-JG7B-D 7
F39-JG10B-L F39-JG10B-D 10
F39-JG15B-L F39-JG15B-D 15
F39-JG20B-L F39-JG20B-D 20
ManNo. Model Manual name
Z355 F3W-MA Smart Muting Actuator F3W-MA Series User's Manual
M12 IP67 connector Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, 5-wire (2-pair + 1)
(Cross section of conductor: 0.38 mm2/insulator diameter: dia. 1.2 mm)
M12 IP67 connector
40.7
L
44.7
dia.14.9
dia.14.9
M12 IP67 connector Insulated vinyl round cable dia. 6.6, 8-wire (4-pair)
(Cross section of conductor: 0.38 mm2/insulator diameter: dia. 1.2 mm)
M12 IP67 connector
40.7
L
44.7
dia.14.9
dia.14.9
17
78
3
5
2
1
4
M12 x 1
M12 IP67 connector, 5-wire
M12 IP67 connector, 5-wire
M12 IP67 connector, 5-wire
M12 IP67 connector, 5-wire
5
4
1
23
M12 x 1
7
27
58.3
13.6
MA2
SLC
MA1
CN
28
2828
24.4
2-dia. 5.5
2-dia.10
Material: PBT (Main body)
17
78
3
5
2
1
6
M12 x 1
5
8
7
2
3
M12 x 1
7
27
58.3
13.6
MA2
SLC
MA1
CN
28
2828
24.4
2-dia. 5.5
2-dia.10
4
78
6
14
M12 IP67 connector, 8-wire
M12 IP67 connector, 8-wire
M12 IP67 connector, 8-wire
M12 IP67 connector, 8-wire
Material: PBT (Main body)
161
MEMO
MEMO
162
Terms and Conditions Agreement
Read and understand this catalog.
Please read and understand this catalog before purchasing the products. Please consult your OMRON representative if you have
any questions or comments.
Warranties.
(a) Exclusive Warranty. Omron’s exclusive warranty is that the Products will be free from defects in materials and workmanship
for a period of twelve months from the date of sale by Omron (or such other period expressed in writing
by Omron). Omron disclaims all other warranties, express or implied.
(b) Limitations. OMRON MAKES NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ABOUT
NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF THE
PRODUCTS. BUYER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT ALONE HAS DETERMINED THAT THE PRODUCTS WILL
SUITABLY MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THEIR INTENDED USE.
Omron further disclaims all warranties and responsibility of any type for claims or expenses based on infringement by the Products
or otherwise of any intellectual property right. (c) Buyer Remedy. Omron’s sole obligation hereunder shall be, at Omron’s election,
to (i) replace (in the form originally shipped with Buyer responsible for labor charges for removal or replacement thereof) the
non-complying Product, (ii) repair the non-complying Product, or (iii) repay or credit Buyer an amount equal to the purchase price
of the non-complying Product; provided that in no event shall Omron be responsible for warranty, repair, indemnity or any other
claims or expenses regarding the Products unless Omron’s analysis confirms that the Products were properly handled, stored,
installed and maintained and not subject to contamination, abuse, misuse or inappropriate modification. Return of any Products by
Buyer must be approved in writing by Omron before shipment. Omron Companies shall not be liable for the suitability or
unsuitability or the results from the use of Products in combination with any electrical or electronic components, circuits, system
assemblies or any other materials or substances or environments. Any advice, recommendations or information given orally or in
writing, are not to be construed as an amendment or addition to the above warranty.
See http://www.omron.com/global/ or contact your Omron representative for published information.
Limitation on Liability; Etc.
OMRON COMPANIES SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES,
LOSS OF PROFITS OR PRODUCTION OR COMMERCIAL LOSS IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THE PRODUCTS,
WHETHER SUCH CLAIM IS BASED IN CONTRACT, WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY.
Further, in no event shall liability of Omron Companies exceed the individual price of the Product on which liability is asserted.
Suitability of Use.
Omron Companies shall not be responsible for conformity with any standards, codes or regulations which apply to the
combination of the Product in the Buyer’s application or use of the Product. At Buyer’s request, Omron will provide applicable
third party certification documents identifying ratings and limitations of use which apply to the Product. This information by itself is
not sufficient for a complete determination of the suitability of the Product in combination with the end product, machine, system,
or other application or use. Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining appropriateness of the particular Product with
respect to Buyer’s application, product or system. Buyer shall take application responsibility in all cases.
NEVER USE THE PRODUCT FOR AN APPLICATION INVOLVING SERIOUS RISK TO LIFE OR PROPERTY OR IN LARGE
QUANTITIES WITHOUT ENSURING THAT THE SYSTEM AS A WHOLE HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO ADDRESS THE RISKS,
AND THAT THE OMRON PRODUCT(S) IS PROPERLY RATED AND INSTALLED FOR THE INTENDED USE WITHIN THE
OVERALL EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM.
Programmable Products.
Omron Companies shall not be responsible for the user’s programming of a programmable Product, or any consequence thereof.
Performance Data.
Data presented in Omron Company websites, catalogs and other materials is provided as a guide for the user in determining
suitability and does not constitute a warranty. It may represent the result of Omron’s test conditions, and the user must correlate it
to actual application requirements. Actual performance is subject to the Omron’s Warranty and Limitations of Liability.
Change in Specifications.
Product specifications and accessories may be changed at any time based on improvements and other reasons. It is our practice
to change part numbers when published ratings or features are changed, or when significant construction changes are made.
However, some specifications of the Product may be changed without any notice. When in doubt, special part numbers may be
assigned to fix or establish key specifications for your application. Please consult with your Omron’s representative at any time to
confirm actual specifications of purchased Product.
Errors and Omissions.
Information presented by Omron Companies has been checked and is believed to be accurate; however, no responsibility is
assumed for clerical, typographical or proofreading errors or omissions.
Authorized Distributor:
In the interest of product improvement,
specifications are subject to change without notice.
Cat. No. F094-E1-10
 
0118(1214)
© OMRON Corporation 2014-2018 All Rights Reserved.
OMRON Corporation Industrial Automation Company
OMRON ELECTRONICS LLC
2895 Greenspoint Parkway, Suite 200
Hoffman Estates, IL 60169 U.S.A.
Tel: (1) 847-843-7900/Fax: (1) 847-843-7787
Regional Headquarters
OMRON EUROPE B.V.
Wegalaan 67-69, 2132 JD Hoofddorp
The Netherlands
Tel: (31)2356-81-300/Fax: (31)2356-81-388
Contact: www.ia.omron.com
Kyoto, JAPAN
OMRON ASIA PACIFIC PTE. LTD.
No. 438A Alexandra Road # 05-05/08 (Lobby 2),
Alexandra Technopark,
Singapore 119967
Tel: (65) 6835-3011/Fax: (65) 6835-2711
OMRON (CHINA) CO., LTD.
Room 2211, Bank of China Tower,
200 Yin Cheng Zhong Road,
PuDong New Area, Shanghai, 200120, China
Tel: (86) 21-5037-2222/Fax: (86) 21-5037-2200
Note:DonotusethisdocumenttooperatetheUnit.
CSM_12_4_1018